JP2016077335A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a suitable configuration when radiating sound outputted from a speaker, toward a front of a game machine.SOLUTION: In a front door frame 14 of a Pachinko machine, an upper bulging part 31 and a lower bulging part 32 bulging forward are provided at a lower part of a window part 21. An upper tray 33 is provided in the upper bulging part 31 and a lower tray 34 is provided in the lower bulging tray 32. A first ball entrance 34a is provided on the lower tray 34, and surplus game balls on the upper tray 33 are discharged from the first ball entrance 34a to the lower tray 34 via a lower tray passage. The lower tray passage includes a front door side lower tray passage part 273 mounted to a rear of the front door frame 14, and a sound capturing hole for capturing sound outputted from a rear side of a lower speaker 30a to the front door side lower tray passage part 273 is provided at an outer peripheral part of the front door side lower tray passage part 273. In this case, sound outputted from a rear side of the lower speaker 30a is radiated toward the lower tray 34 via the front door side lower tray passage part 273.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 7

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine includes a speaker as sound generation means capable of generating sound such as sound effects (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

JP 2005-261808 A

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances and the like, and an object of the present invention is to provide a configuration suitable for releasing sound output from a speaker to the front of a gaming machine.

  Hereinafter, means for solving the above problems will be described.

The invention described in claim 1
A ball tray that is exposed in the front of the gaming machine and stores game balls;
A ball path for discharging the game ball to the ball tray;
A speaker that has a diaphragm and outputs sound in accordance with the vibration of the diaphragm;
An enclosure that emits sound output from the back side of the speaker to the front of the gaming machine;
With
The enclosure has an air chamber that houses the back side of the speaker;
The outer periphery of the ball passage is provided with a sound intake hole for taking the sound output to the air chamber from the back side of the speaker into the ball passage,
The ball passage is included in the enclosure by communicating with the air chamber via the sound intake hole, and the sound taken into the ball passage from the sound intake hole is directed toward the ball receiving tray. It is a thing to discharge | release.

  According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a configuration suitable for releasing the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

It is a perspective view which shows the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main structures of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main structures of a pachinko machine. It is a front view of a game board unit. It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view which shows the channel | path structure formed inside the dispensing device. It is a disassembled perspective view of a front door frame. It is a front view of a front door frame. It is the sectional view on the AA line of FIG. 7 for demonstrating the structure of a lower plate unit. FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 7 for explaining the configuration of the lower dish unit. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the channel | path structure of a game ball. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating a game ball distribution part. It is a perspective view which shows the state which isolate | separated the front door side channel | path unit from the front door frame. It is a perspective view of a front door side passage unit. It is a disassembled perspective view of a front door side channel unit. It is a front view of a front door side passage unit. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of a front door side channel | path unit. It is a top view of a front door side passage unit. It is a disassembled perspective view of a shutter mechanism. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating a motion of a shutter mechanism. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating a ball clogging suppression structure. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating a motion of a shutter mechanism. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl intrusion control member. It is a figure which shows the operation | movement aspect of a ball | bowl intrusion control member. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the content of the various counters used for a success / failure lottery. It is a flowchart which shows the main process performed in main MPU of a main controller. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flowchart which shows a special figure special electricity control process. (A) is the schematic which shows the kind of fluctuation | variation display aspect, (b) group is the schematic which shows the outline | summary of each fluctuation | variation display aspect. It is a flowchart which shows the confirmation process for a hold notice. It is a flowchart which shows the setting process of a pending | holding command. It is a flowchart which shows the payout state detection process performed with the payout control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the payout state reception process performed in main MPU. It is a flowchart which shows the alerting | reporting / effect control process performed by sub MPU of an alerting | reporting / effect control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the response | compatibility process of a pending command. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of the front door side channel | path unit in 2nd Embodiment. It is a disassembled perspective view of the front door side channel | path unit in 3rd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of a front door side channel | path unit. It is a disassembled perspective view of the front door side channel | path unit in 4th Embodiment.

<First Embodiment>
Hereinafter, an embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as “pachinko machine”), which is a type of gaming machine, will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine 10 viewed from the front side, and FIGS. 2 and 3 are perspective views showing the main configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in an exploded manner. In FIG. 2, the configuration in the game area PE of the pachinko machine 10 is omitted for convenience.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 that forms an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine main part 12 attached to the outer frame 11.

  The outer frame 11 is configured by connecting wooden plates to four sides and has a rectangular frame shape. By attaching and fixing the outer frame 11 to the island facility, the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall. In the pachinko machine 10, the outer frame 11 is not an essential configuration, and the outer frame 11 may be provided on the island facility of the game arcade.

  The gaming machine main part 12 is supported by the outer frame 11 so as to be opened and closed. Specifically, the upper support bracket 17 is fixed to a connection portion between the upper frame portion and the left frame portion in the outer frame 11, and further, a lower portion is connected to the connection portion between the lower frame portion and the left frame portion in the outer frame 11. Side support fittings 18 are provided. The upper support bracket 17 and the lower support bracket 18 form a support mechanism. The support mechanism causes the gaming machine main unit 12 to turn the left side of the pachinko machine 10 in the front view with respect to the outer frame 11. The right side can be turned to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 with the turning tip side (see FIGS. 2 and 3).

  As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming machine main part 12 includes an inner frame 13 as a gaming machine main body, a front door frame 14 as a gaming machine front body disposed in front of the inner frame 13, and an inner frame 13. And a back pack unit 15 disposed rearward. The inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12 is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the outer frame 11. Specifically, the inner frame 13 can be rotated forward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in front view.

  A front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13 and can be rotated forward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in a front view. Further, the back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported on the inner frame 13, and can be rotated rearward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in a front view ( (See FIG. 3).

<Front door frame 14>
Next, the front door frame 14 will be described. As shown in FIG. 2, the front door frame 14 is mainly composed of a synthetic resin frame body 20 whose outer shape is substantially the same as that of the outer frame 11, and covers almost the entire front surface of the inner frame 13. Yes. A substantially oval window portion 21 is formed in the central portion of the frame body 20 so that almost the entire game area PE described later can be viewed from the front. The window portion 21 is formed by the window panel portion 22. The front door frame 14 is closed from the back side.

  The window panel unit 22 includes a plurality of glass panels 23 having transparency and a glass holder that holds the glass panels 23. The glass holder is formed with a partition portion for partitioning the holding region of the glass panel 23 in the front-rear direction, and the two glass panels 23 face each other in the front-rear direction with the partition portion interposed therebetween. That is, by securing a predetermined gap between the glass panels 23, the gaming area PE is covered by the glass panels 23 from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 while avoiding interference between the glass panels 23. It is in a state.

  Note that it is not always necessary to unitize both glass panels 23 using a glass holder, and each glass panel 23 may be individually attached to the frame 20. Furthermore, the number of glass panels is arbitrary, and may be one or three or more. However, from the viewpoint of improving safety and security, it is preferable to employ a plurality of glass panels and to make the glass panels face each other across a predetermined gap. Incidentally, it is also possible to employ a synthetic resin panel member having transparency instead of the glass panel.

  As shown in FIG. 1, light emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the window panel portion 22 (specifically, the window portion 21). For example, an annular lamp portion 26 incorporating a light emitting means such as an LED is provided along the periphery of the window portion 21. The annular lamp unit 26 is lit or flashed in accordance with a change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach. In addition, an error display lamp unit 27 that is turned on at the time of a predetermined error is provided in the center of the annular lamp unit 26 and at the top of the pachinko machine 10, and a prize ball that is turned on while the prize ball is being paid out on the left and right sides thereof. A lamp portion 28 is provided.

  The pachinko machine 10 has an upper speaker portion 29 provided at the upper portion and a lower speaker portion 30 provided at the lower portion. The speaker units 29 and 30 can output sounds such as production sounds, sound effects, and notification sounds (audible sounds including voice messages). The effect sound is a sound that can enhance the effect during the game, and examples of the effect sound include a melody according to the effect and a sound effect according to the game state. Examples of the notification sound include a guide sound that informs the player of the state of the pachinko machine 10, and a fraud occurrence sound that informs the hall manager of the occurrence of fraud.

  The upper speaker unit 29 is provided at each of the positions close to the left and right prize ball lamp units 28 in the upper part of the front door frame 14. Each upper speaker portion 29 is disposed at a position near each corner on the upper side of the front door frame 14 at a position above the winning ball lamp portion 28.

  Below the window portion 21 in the front door frame 14 (frame body 20), an upper bulging portion 31 and a lower bulging portion 32 that bulge toward the front side are arranged side by side. An upper pan 33 that opens upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 31, and a lower pan 34 that also opens upward is provided inside the lower bulging portion 32. The upper plate 33 has a function of temporarily storing game balls as game media paid out from a payout device described later and guiding them to the game ball launching mechanism described later while aligning them in a line. In addition, the lower tray 34 has a function of storing game balls that become surplus in the upper tray 33. The lower plate 34 corresponds to a ball tray.

  The upper plate 33 has a ball inlet 33a on the inner wall thereof, temporarily stores game balls paid out from a payout device described later and introduced through the ball inlet 33a, and aligns the game balls in a row. However, it has a function of leading to the ball outlet 33b (see FIG. 7). The game ball that has come out of the upper plate 33 from the ball outlet 33b is guided to a game ball launching mechanism to be described later.

  The lower plate 34 has ball inlets 34a and 34b (see FIG. 7) provided on the inner wall thereof. Of the ball inlets 34a and 34b, the first ball inlet 34a can introduce the extra game balls in the upper plate 33 into the lower plate 34, and the second ball inlet 34b has an upper plate. The game balls stored in 33 can be introduced into the lower plate 34. A ball hole 35 is formed at the bottom of the lower plate 34, and the ball hole 35 is opened when a ball lever 36 provided on the front side of the lower bulge 32 is operated. The stored game balls are discharged below the lower plate 34. The ball removal hole 35 is closed by a closing plate 37 so as to be openable and closable, and the closing plate 37 shifts to an open state as the ball removal lever 36 is operated.

  A game ball launching handle 41 is provided on the right side of the lower bulging portion 32 so as to protrude toward the front side. By operating the game ball launch handle 41, a game ball is launched from a game ball launch mechanism described later. The game ball launch handle 41 is disposed on the opposite side of the lower speaker unit 30 with the lower plate 34 sandwiched in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 2, a front door side passage unit 45 is attached to the back surface of the front door frame 14. The front door side passage unit 45 is formed of synthetic resin and has a front door side upper plate passage portion 272 that communicates with the upper plate 33 and a front door side lower plate passage portion 273 that communicates with the lower plate 34 ( FIG. 15). In the front door side passage unit 45, a receiving part that protrudes rearward and opens upward is formed at the upper corner of the front door side passage unit 45, and the front door side upper dish passage is partitioned by a partition wall. An entrance portion of the portion 272 and an entrance portion of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 are partitioned. The game ball that has entered the front door side upper dish passage portion 272 is guided to the upper plate 33, and the game ball that has entered the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is guided to the lower plate 34.

  Projecting shafts are provided at the upper end and the lower end of the rotation base end side of the back surface of the front door frame 14. These projecting shafts constitute an assembly mechanism for the inner frame 13. In addition, a plurality of hooks 49 extending rearward are arranged in parallel in the vertical direction on the rotating front end side on the back surface of the front door frame 14. These hooks 49 constitute a locking mechanism for the inner frame 13.

<Inner frame 13>
Next, the inner frame 13 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. The inner frame 13 is mainly configured by an inner frame base 50 whose outer shape is substantially rectangular like the outer frame 11. The height dimension of the inner frame base 50 is set slightly smaller than the height dimension of the outer frame 11. The inner frame base 50 is arranged close to the upper frame portion of the outer frame 11, and a slight gap is formed between the lower frame portion of the outer frame 11 and the inner frame base 50. A curtain plate is attached to the outer frame 11 so as to close the gap. The curtain plate is disposed below the inner frame base 50 (specifically, the lower end portion thereof), and the inner frame base 50 rests on the curtain plate when the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11. It becomes.

  Support metal fittings 51 and 52 are attached to the upper end portion and the lower end portion of the inner base 50 on the front side of the rotation base. Shaft holes are formed in the support fittings 51 and 52, and the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported with respect to the inner frame 13 by inserting the projection shaft of the front door frame 14 into the shaft holes. ing.

  Insertion holes for inserting the metal fittings 49 provided on the back surface of the front door frame 14 are provided on the rotation front side of the front surface of the inner frame base 50. The pachinko machine 10 is configured such that a locking device 55 for locking the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is hidden behind the inner frame 13. Therefore, the front door frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 13 so as not to be opened by the hook metal 49 being locked to the locking device 55 (specifically, the front door hook receiving member) through the insertion hole. The locking device 55 has an inner frame collar member 57 extending rearward of the inner frame 13. When these inner frame hook members 57 are hooked on the hook receiving member 19 of the outer frame 11, the gaming machine main part 12 is locked in a closed state with respect to the outer frame 11.

  A cylinder lock 58 for performing an unlocking operation of the locking device 55 is installed at the lower right corner of the inner frame base 50. The cylinder lock 58 is integrated with the locking device 55. When the key inserted into the key hole of the cylinder lock 58 is turned to the right, the lock of the front door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 13 is released, and the cylinder lock 58 is inserted into the key hole of the cylinder lock 58. The locking device 55 is configured so that the locking of the inner frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11 is released when the key is turned counterclockwise.

  A game board housing portion 53 for housing the game board unit 60 is formed in the central portion of the inner frame base 50. The game board housing portion 53 is a recessed portion that is recessed to the rear of the gaming machine in accordance with the outer shape of the game board unit 60. The game board unit 60 is manually locked in a state of being fitted into the game board housing portion 53 from the front of the gaming machine. It is fixed by the mechanism. A substantially rectangular window hole 54 is formed at the bottom of the game board housing portion 53, and the rear configuration of the game board unit 60 (a rear block 60 b described later) protrudes behind the inner frame 13 through the window hole 54. ing. The window hole 54 is almost entirely covered from the front of the gaming machine by the game board unit 60 mounted on the inner frame base 50.

<Game board unit 60>
The game board unit 60 is provided on the back side of the game board 60a formed mainly of a plate made of a transparent synthetic resin material, and various game parts (variable display device, control device, movable type) to be described later. And a rear block 60b on which a light emitting decorative member and the like are mounted on the block base 136 are integrated, and the front portion of the rear block 60b is visible through the game board 60a.

  On the front surface of the game board 60a, the above-described game area PE in which game balls flow down is formed. As described above, the game area PE is covered with the window panel portion 22 (specifically, the rear glass panel 23). The window panel unit 22 is configured so that the gap between the rear glass panel 23 and the front surface of the game board 60a is slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball, that is, the game ball flowing down the game area PE is within the game area PE. It arrange | positions so that it may not line up back and forth in the same location. Thereby, the ball blockage in the game area PE is suppressed. Note that the game board 60a (specifically, a plate) is not limited to being made of synthetic resin, and may be made of wood.

  Hereinafter, the game board unit 60 (particularly, various configurations arranged in the game area PE of the game board 60a) will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a front view of the game board unit 60.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the game board 60a is formed with a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in its own thickness direction (front-rear direction). Each opening is provided with a general winning port 61, a variable winning device 64, operating ports 62 and 63, a through gate 65, and the like. When game balls enter the general winning port 61, the variable winning device 64, and the operation ports 62, 63, the game balls are detected by detection sensors (not shown) provided corresponding to the respective winning portions, and the detection results thereof. Based on the above, a predetermined number of award balls (payout of game balls) and the like are given to the player. In addition, an out port 68 is provided at the lowermost part of the game board 60 a, and game balls that have not entered various ball entering parts and the like are discharged from the game area PE through the out port 68. In the following description, in order to clearly distinguish the game ball from entering the out port 68, the game ball entering the general game port 61, the variable game device 64, and the operation ports 62 and 63 is also referred to as “winning”. Express.

  The game board 60a is provided with a large number of nails for distributing and adjusting the flow path of the game ball as appropriate, and various members (functions) such as a windmill. The flow paths of the game balls are differentiated by various configurations such as nails and windmills, and are adjusted so that winnings to the above-described general winning opening 61 and the like occur with an appropriate probability.

  A central opening 72 is formed at the center of the game board 60a, and a transparent opening cover (not shown) is attached so as to cover the center opening 72 from the back side of the game board 60a. The variable display unit 67 and the like belonging to the back block 60b is located behind the central opening 72, and the variable display unit 67 and the like can be visually recognized from the front of the gaming machine through the central opening 72 (opening cover). .

  Incidentally, the game board 60a has an opaque sheet material stacked on the transparent plate material. This sheet material is affixed to the front plate surface of a transparent plate material and blocks the line of sight to the back side of the game board 60a. For this reason, the range that can be visually recognized from the front of the gaming machine in the back block 60b is limited to the portion exposed to the front of the gaming machine through the central opening 72 of the gaming board 60a.

  In the game board 60a, the operation ports 62 and 63, the through gate 65, and the like are disposed around the central opening 72. The operation ports 62 and 63 are configured by an upper operation port 62 disposed below the variable display unit 67 and a lower operation port 63 disposed directly below the upper operation port 62, and in particular, the lower operation port. The (lottery opportunity entry part) 63 is provided with an electric accessory 71 as an opening / closing type entry assist device (entrance assisting means) or an opening / closing member (opening / closing means). The electric accessory 71 includes a pair of left and right movable pieces and a solenoid-type drive unit that drives the movable pieces, and an open state (assist state) in which a ball can be easily or easily entered into the lower working port 63. Then, it is possible to switch to a closed state (non-auxiliary state) in which the same ball cannot be or is difficult.

  The through gate 65 is arranged on the upstream side of the lower operating port 63 (specifically, on the side of the variable display unit 67), and the winning is made by lottery triggered by the passage of the game ball through the through gate 65. In such a case, the electric accessory 71 is switched from the closed state to the open state for a predetermined time.

  When a ball enters the upper working port 62, three game balls are paid out. When a ball enters the lower working port 63, four game balls are paid out. However, the number of game balls to be paid out is not limited to the above. However, in order to increase the advantage of the lower working port 63 with respect to the upper working port 62, it is preferable to set the number of payouts related to the lower working port 63 to be larger than the number of payouts related to the upper working port 62.

  The variable winning device (special winning device or special winning means) 64 is formed with a large winning opening leading to the back side of the game board 60a, and an opening / closing member (opening / closing means) for opening and closing the large winning opening. An open / close door is provided. The open / close door can be switched between an open state (assist state) in which a game ball can be entered or facilitated and a closed state (non-assist state) in which the enter ball is impossible or difficult. The open / close door is connected to a variable prize driving unit (specifically, a solenoid) provided on the back side of the game board 60a, and the open / close door is normally kept closed and is opened / closed in an internal lottery. When winning the transition to the execution mode (opening and closing execution state) (big win: when winning the transition to a special gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the normal gaming state) will be switched to the open state Yes.

  Here, the opening / closing execution mode is a mode to be shifted to when a big win is won. As an opening mode of the variable winning device 64 in the opening / closing execution mode, for example, a predetermined time (for example, 30 sec) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of winnings is set as one round, and a plurality of rounds (for example, 16 rounds) is set as an upper limit. It is set so that the opening and closing of the door is repeated.

  Here, the variable display unit 67 will be supplementarily described. The variable display unit 67 has a symbol display device 75 that variably displays symbols (variation display) using a winning at the operation ports 62 and 63 as a trigger. The symbol display device 75 is configured as a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display, and the display content is controlled by a display control device 170 described later. On the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75, for example, symbols are displayed side by side in the top, middle, and bottom, and these symbols are variably displayed as they are scrolled in the horizontal direction. When a big win is won, a predetermined combination of symbols is stopped and displayed on a preset active line, and the mode is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode (special game state or big win). The symbol display device 75 is not necessarily a liquid crystal display device, and may be a dot matrix or a 7-segment type display device.

  A center frame 77 is provided on the game board 60 a so as to surround the central opening 72. The center frame 77 is fixed to the game board 60a (specifically, a plate body) from the front side thereof, and in such a fixed state, the center frame 77 stands up from the front surface of the game board 60a, thereby the center frame 77 77 and the window panel portion 22 are configured such that the gap dimension is smaller than the diameter dimension of the game ball. Thereby, it is avoided that the game ball flowing down the game area PE collides with the symbol display device 75, and the flow path of the game ball flowing down the game area PE is set to the right side of the variable display unit 67 (specifically, the center frame 77). The route is divided roughly into the route that detours from and the route that detours from the left side.

  On the upper surface of the frame portion constituting the lower portion of the center frame 77, a stage portion is formed on which the game ball can roll to the left and right. The game balls that have flowed in from the inflow ports formed in the left and right left frame portions of the center frame 77 are discharged onto the stage portion through a warp passage formed in the center frame 77. The stage portion is configured such that the game ball that has reached the stage portion is relatively easy to flow into the upper operation port 62, and the player's attention to the movement of the game ball on the stage portion is improved. Contributing to

  Here, in the present embodiment, as described above, the central opening 72 is covered with the transparent opening cover so that the game ball reaching the stage portion does not move to the back block 60b (variable display unit 67) side. It is regulated.

  The operation ports 62 and 63 are disposed at positions close to the central opening 72 (variable display unit 67). Since it is possible to shift to the special game state with a winning at the operation ports 62 and 63 as a trigger, the player pays attention to whether or not to win the operation ports 62 and 63 and grasps whether or not to shift to the special game state. Therefore, it is considered that the symbol display device 75 is noted. Providing the operation ports 62 and 63 close to the variable display unit 67 is a device for concentrating a portion that the player wants to pay attention to around the variable display unit 67.

  A game area partition member 99 that partitions the game area PE together with the guide rail 100 described later is disposed at the right end of the game board 60a (the rotation tip of the game board unit 60 described later). The game area partition member 99 is provided with a stopper member with which a game ball flying along the main display unit 81 and the guide rail 100 collides. The stopper member is a buffer member arranged near the tip of the guide rail 100, and the game ball that collides with the stopper member flows down the game area PE after the momentum is weakened. That is, the stopper member is provided with a depressing function that weakens the momentum of the game ball that has collided.

  Here, the main display unit 81 will be supplementarily described. The main display unit 81 is embedded in the game area partition member 99, and a part of the main display unit 81 is disposed to face the window panel unit 22. A main display portion on which a predetermined pattern or the like is displayed is provided in the facing portion. The main display unit 81 is electrically connected to a main control device described later, and the display content of the main display unit is controlled by the main control device.

  The main display unit displays a lottery result based on a winning to the upper working port 62, and a right working port displays a lottery result based on a winning to the lower working port 63. And a display unit. In the lower working port display unit, the display of the variation of the picture is performed with the winning of the upper working port 62 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variation display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the upper working port 62 is performed. The result is specified. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the upper working port 62 is a winning result corresponding to the shift to the opening / closing execution mode, the variable display is stopped on the lower working port display unit, and a predetermined result is given as the stop result. After the pattern is displayed, the mode is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode.

  In the lower working port display section, the display of the variation of the picture is performed with the winning of the lower working port 63 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variation display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the lower working port 63 is performed. The result is specified. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the lower working port 63 is a winning result corresponding to the jackpot, the change display is stopped on the display unit for the right working port, and a predetermined pattern is displayed as the stop result. After that, the mode is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode according to the result.

  Here, on the basis of winning at any one of the operation ports 62 and 63, the variation display is started in the corresponding operation port display unit, a predetermined stop result is displayed, and the variation display is stopped until the game is stopped. It corresponds to one time. However, the number of game times is not limited to the above contents. For example, a single display area is provided, and even if a winning in any of the operation ports 62 and 63 occurs, the single game area In the configuration in which the variable display is performed in the display area, the variable display is started in the single display area, and the above-mentioned variable display is stopped once in a state where a predetermined stop result is displayed. It is also possible.

  In addition to the two display units, the main display unit 81 has a through gate display unit for displaying a lottery result based on winning through the through gate 65. In the through gate display unit, the display of the variation of the picture is performed with the winning of the through gate 65 as a trigger, and the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the through gate 65 is clearly shown as the result of stopping the variation display. Is done. When the result of the internal lottery based on winning through the through gate 65 is a winning result corresponding to the transition to the open state, a predetermined stop result is displayed on the through gate display unit, and a variable display is displayed. After being stopped, the state shifts to the electric power open state. In the electric combination open state, the electric combination 71 provided in the lower operation port 63 is opened in a predetermined manner.

  Further, in the present embodiment, a configuration is adopted in which the number of times that the game ball has passed through the through gate 65 is retained up to 4 times, but the number of suspension is displayed on the main display portion of the main display unit 81. A holding number display section is provided.

  About the main display part explained in full detail above, while being visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel part 22 of the front door frame 14, it is avoided that a game ball moves in front of these various display parts. Therefore, the visibility is guaranteed.

  Referring to FIG. 2 again, the configuration of the inner frame 13 will be described. In the inner frame base 50, below the mounting area of the game board 60a, the game is directed toward the game area PE based on the operation of the game ball launch handle 41. A game ball launching mechanism 110 that launches a ball is provided. The game ball launching mechanism 110 includes a solenoid 111 that launches a game ball placed at a predetermined launch standby position, a launch rail 112 that defines the launch direction of the game ball launched by the solenoid 111, and a game at the launch standby position. A ball feeding device 113 for supplying a ball and a base plate 114 on which the various configurations 111 to 113 are mounted are provided as main components, and the base plate 114 is fixed to the inner frame base 50 so that the inner frame base is fixed. 50 is integrated.

  The firing rail 112 is fixed to the base plate 114 in an inclined state so as to be inclined upward toward the game board 60a. A ball stopper that holds the game ball supplied from the ball feeding device 113 at the above-described firing standby position is disposed at a position closer to the downstream end portion (that is, the lower end portion) of the firing rail 112. The solenoid 111 is arranged at a position further downstream than the ball stopper.

  The solenoid 111 is electrically connected to a power source / launch control device described later. Based on the output of the electrical signal from the power supply / launch control device, the output shaft of the solenoid 111 reciprocates in the telescopic direction, so that the game ball placed at the launch standby position is on the game board 60a side, more specifically, the game. It is driven toward the guide rail 100 mounted on the board 60a.

  In the guide rail 100, the game area PE is partitioned so that the outer shape of the game area PE is substantially circular. In addition, the guide rail 100 includes an inner rail 101 and an outer rail 102 arranged so as to face each other with a gap slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball, and a single guide passage 103 is defined by both the rails 101 and 102. Is formed. The guide passage 103 has an inlet portion that is open to the tip end side (obliquely downward) of the firing rail 112 and an outlet portion that is located above the game area PE. The game ball fired based on the operation of the solenoid 111 is guided to the game area PE by moving in the order of the firing rail 112 → guide rail 100 (entrance portion → exit portion). By adjusting the amount of operation of the game ball launch handle 41, the game ball can be divided into an area on the left side of the variable display unit 67 in the game area PE and an area on the right side of the variable display unit 67 in the game area PE. It is possible.

  In the game board 60a, on the front side of the exit portion, specifically, in the vicinity of the tip of the inner rail 101, a reversal prevention member 106 for preventing the reversal of the game ball reaching the game area PE into the guide passage 103 is attached. Thus, it is possible to prevent the subsequent launch of the game ball from being hindered by the game ball that has reached the game area PE first.

  The guide rail 100 (see FIG. 4) and the firing rail 112 are arranged such that the entrance portion of the guide rail 100 and the tip portion of the firing rail 112 face each other diagonally across the lower edge of the game board 60a. That is, both the rails 100 and 112 are arranged such that the entrance portion of the guide rail 100 and the tip portion of the firing rail 112 are shifted left and right in the vicinity of the lower end edge of the game board 60a. Thus, a gap of a predetermined interval is formed between the entrance portion of the guide rail 100 and the firing rail 112 while bringing both rails 100 and 112 close to the lower end edge of the game board 60a.

  A foul ball passage 118 is disposed below the gap formed in this way. The foul ball passage 118 is formed integrally with the front door side passage unit 45 of the front door frame 14. If the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 do not reach the game area PE and return to the inside of the guide passage 103 as foul balls, the foul balls enter the foul ball passage 118 through the gap. It becomes. The foul ball passage 118 communicates with the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, and the game balls that have entered the foul ball passage 118 are discharged from the second ball inlet 34b to the lower tray 34. This suppresses interference between the foul ball and the next game ball to be launched.

  A through-hole penetrating the inner frame base 50 in the front-rear direction is formed on the left side of the firing rail 112 in the inner frame base 50 (specifically, the side supporting the front door frame 14). A frame side passage unit 121 is disposed. The inner frame side passage unit 121 is screwed to the inner frame base 50.

  Next, the back configuration of the inner frame 13 (the inner frame base 50 and the game board unit 60) will be described with reference to FIG.

  Bearing fittings 132 are vertically arranged on the rotation base end side on the back surface of the inner frame base 50. The bearing bracket 132 is formed with bearing portions spaced apart from each other in the vertical direction, and the back pack unit 15 is rotatably attached to the inner frame 13 by these bearing portions. Further, a plurality of fixing levers for fixing the back pack unit 15 to the inner frame base 50 in a closed state are provided on the back surface of the inner frame base 50.

  As already described, a window hole 54 that penetrates in the thickness direction of the inner frame base 50 and opens to the back side of the inner frame base 50 is formed in the bottom portion of the game board housing portion 53 in the inner frame base 50. The window hole 54 is covered from the front side of the inner frame 13 by the game board unit 60 housed in the game board housing portion 53. Various components such as a control device are mounted on the back of the game board unit 60 (rear block 60 b), and these various components are exposed to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the window holes 54. Here, the configuration of the back surface of the game board unit 60 will be described.

  The back block 60b attached to the back of the game board 60a has a substantially box-shaped block base 136 opened to the game board 60a, and the block base 136 is fixed to the back of the game board 60a. Thus, the game board 60a and the back block 60b are integrated.

  More specifically, a part of the block base 136 protrudes toward the back side of the inner frame base 50, and the symbol display device 75 described above and the symbol display device 75 are driven with respect to the protruding portion. A display control device 170 is attached. The symbol display device 75 and the display control device 170 are arranged so that the symbol display device is on the front side and the display control device 170 is on the rear side in the front-rear direction (thickness direction of the inner frame base 50). Further, a notification / effect control device 143 is mounted on the back surface of the block base 136 so as to be positioned behind the display control device 170.

  The notification / production control device 143 includes a notification / production control board that controls sound output, lamp display, and control of the display control device 170 in accordance with an instruction from the main control device described later. It is accommodated in a substrate box 145 made of a transparent resin material or the like.

  A main controller unit 160 is provided below the notification / production control device 143 so as to cover the block base 136 from behind. The main controller unit 160 has a synthetic resin mounting base 161 fixed to the back of the game board unit 60 (specifically, the back block 60b), and a main control unit 162 mounted on the mounting base 161. Yes. The main controller 162 includes a main control board having a function (main control circuit) that controls the main control of the game and a function (power failure monitoring circuit) that monitors the power source, and the main control board is made of a transparent resin material. It is configured to be accommodated in a substrate box 163 made of, for example.

  The board box 163 includes a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box base (front case body) and a box cover (back case body) that covers an opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected so as not to be unsealed by a sealing portion as sealing means, whereby the substrate box 163 is sealed. A plurality of sealing portions are provided on the long side portion of the substrate box 163, and at least one of them is used for sealing processing.

  Any structure can be applied to the sealing part as long as the box base and the box cover are connected to each other so that they cannot be opened.However, the box base and the box cover can be connected by inserting a locking claw into the long hole constituting the sealing part. It is designed to be combined so that it cannot be opened. The sealing process by the sealing part prevents unauthorized opening after the sealing, and makes it possible to detect such a situation quickly and easily even if unauthorized opening is performed. It is possible to perform the sealing process again later. That is, the sealing process is performed by inserting a locking claw into at least one of the plurality of sealing portions. When opening the board box 163 such as when a failure occurs in the housed main control board or when inspecting the main control board, the connecting part between the sealing part into which the locking claw is inserted and another sealing part is provided. Disconnect. As a result, the box base and the box cover of the substrate box 163 are separated, and the internal main control substrate can be taken out. Thereafter, when the sealing process is performed again, the locking claws are inserted into the long holes of the other sealing portions. If the history of opening the substrate box 163 is left in the substrate box 163, it can be easily found that the unauthorized opening has been performed by looking at the substrate box 163.

  A plurality of coupling pieces are provided on one short side portion of the substrate box 163 so as to protrude laterally. These coupling pieces have a one-to-one correspondence with a plurality of coupled pieces formed on the mounting base 161, and a sealing process is performed between the board box 163 and the mounting base 161 by the coupling pieces and the coupled pieces. Is called.

  The portion of the front surface of the block base 136 that faces the lower back of the game board 60a corresponds to the game board opening of the general winning port 61, variable winning device 64, and operating ports 62, 63 and on the downstream side. A collection passage (not shown) that collects in one place is formed. Thereby, all the game balls won in the general winning opening 61 and the like are gathered below the game board unit 60 through the collection passage. That is, the block base 136 is provided with a function of collecting game balls won in various winning openings.

  A discharge passage, which will be described later, is arranged below the game board unit 60, and the game balls gathered below the game board unit 60 by the collection passage are led out into the discharge passage. Similarly, the out port 68 leads to the discharge passage, and the game ball that has not won any winning port is led out into the discharge passage through the out port 68.

  In addition, the block base 136 constituting the back block 60b includes a general winning opening detection sensor for detecting a game ball won in the general winning opening 61 as a detection sensor for each of the above-described winning portions, and a variable winning device. A variable winning device detection sensor for detecting a game ball won in 64 and an operating port detection sensor for detecting a game ball entering the operating ports 62 and 63 are mounted, and a winning detection mechanism is provided by these various detection sensors. Is configured. These various detection sensors are electrically connected to the main controller 162, and detection information (detection signals) is output from the respective detection sensors to the main controller 162.

<Back pack unit 15>
Next, the back pack unit 15 will be described with reference to FIGS.

  The inner frame 13 is covered from behind by the back pack unit 15. The back pack unit 15 includes a back pack 201, and a payout mechanism unit 202, a discharge passage board 203, and a control device assembly unit 204 are attached to the back pack 201.

  The back pack 201 is formed of a synthetic resin having transparency, and includes a base portion 211 to which the payout mechanism portion 202 and the like are attached, and a protective cover portion 212 that protrudes rearward from the pachinko machine 10 and has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The protective cover 212 has a shape in which the left and right side surfaces and the upper surface are closed and only the lower surface is opened, and has a size sufficient to surround at least the variable display unit 67.

  The base portion 211 is provided with an external terminal plate 213 at the upper right portion thereof. The external terminal board 213 is provided with various output terminals, and various signals are output to the management control device on the game hall side through these output terminals. The base portion 211 is provided with a pair of upper and lower retaining pins at the right end when viewed from the rear of the pachinko machine 10, and the retaining pins are inserted into bearing fittings 132 (specifically, bearing portions) provided on the inner frame 13. By doing so, the back pack unit 15 is supported rotatably with respect to the inner frame 13. In addition, a fastening tool for fastening with respect to a fastening hole provided in the inner frame 13 is provided at the rotating front end portion of the base portion 211, and the fastening tool is fitted into the fastening hole. A back pack unit 15 is fixed to the inner frame 13.

  In the base portion 211, a payout mechanism portion 202 is disposed so as to bypass the protective cover portion 212. The payout mechanism 202 is provided with a tank 221 that is arranged at the top of the back pack 201 and that opens upward, and game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished to the tank 221. The A tank rail that is gently inclined toward the downstream side is connected to the lower side of the tank 221, and a case rail extending in the vertical direction is connected to the downstream side of the tank rail. A payout device 222 is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail. The game balls paid out from the payout device 222 are supplied to the game ball distribution unit 252 (see FIG. 11) provided in the base portion 211 of the back pack 201 through the payout passage provided on the downstream side of the payout device 222. Is done.

  The configuration of the payout device 222 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a passage structure formed inside the dispensing device 222. In FIG. 5, a game ball that sulphides inside the payout device 222 is indicated by a two-dot chain line.

  As shown in FIG. 5, the housing 222a of the payout device 222 is formed with a game ball inlet 222b for taking in a game ball supplied from the tank 76 side at the upper end thereof, and further inside this game ball A game ball passage 222c is provided for allowing a game ball entering from the entrance 222b to pass therethrough.

  The game ball passage 222c communicates with a game ball outlet 222d formed at the lower end of the housing 222a, and the game balls entered from the game ball inlet 222b flow down one by one toward the game ball outlet 222d. An accommodation portion having a passage width widened to the left and right is provided in an intermediate portion of the game ball passage 222c, and the rotating body 222e is accommodated in the accommodation portion. The center of the rotating body 222e is fixed to the output shaft 222f of the payout motor. Moreover, the recessed part 222g is formed in the periphery of the rotary body 222e at two places at intervals of 180 °. When the game ball flowing down the game ball passage 222c reaches the recess 222g of the rotator 222e, the game ball is led to the downstream side as the rotator 222e rotates.

  The payout motor is composed of a stepping motor, and the output shaft 222f is rotationally driven in a predetermined direction. The payout motor is driven and controlled by a payout control device 181 described later. In this case, when the payout motor is continuously driven at a normal speed while the game balls are continuously supplied from the tank 76 side, one game ball is paid out at a cycle of 30 msec.

  In the game ball passage 222c, a payout ball detection sensor 222h having a substantially flat plate shape is installed at a position downstream of the housing portion. The payout ball detection sensor 222h is configured by a known magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and converts the change in the magnetic field caused by the game ball passing through the through hole of the detection unit into an electric signal and outputs the electric signal. The payout ball detection sensor 222h is not limited to a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and may be any as long as it can detect a game ball. For example, a photo sensor or a limit sensor may be used. . The payout ball detection sensor 222h outputs an electrical signal to the payout control device 181. Specifically, a LOW level signal is output when a game ball is not detected, and an HI level signal is output when a game ball is detected. The output level relationship may be reversed. The number of game balls paid out through the payout device 222 can be confirmed by the payout ball detection sensor 222h.

  As shown in FIG. 3, a discharge passage board 203 and a control device collective unit 204 are attached to the lower end portion of the base portion 211 so as to sandwich the lower end portion in the front-rear direction. In the discharge passage board 203, a discharge passage opened rearward is formed on a surface facing the control device assembly unit 204, and an open portion of the discharge passage is closed by the control device assembly unit 204. The discharge passage is formed so as to discharge the game ball to the island facility or the like of the game hall, and the game ball led to the discharge passage from the recovery passage described above passes through the discharge passage to the outside of the pachinko machine 10. Discharged.

  The control device assembly unit 204 has a horizontally long mounting base on which a payout control device 181 and a power supply / launch control device 191 are mounted. The payout control device 181 and the power supply / launch control device 191 are arranged so as to overlap each other so that the payout control device 181 is behind the pachinko machine 10.

  In the payout control device 181, a payout control board for controlling the payout device 222 is accommodated in the board box, and a state return switch provided on the payout control board projects out of the board box. For example, when the state return switch is pressed when a payout error occurs, such as a ball jam in the payout device 222, the ball jam is eliminated.

  The power supply / launch control device 191 includes a power supply / launch control board housed in a board box, and a predetermined power source required for various control devices is generated and output by the board, and a game ball is fired by a player. Control of the launch of the game ball accompanying the operation of the handle 41 is performed. Further, the power supply / launch control device 191 is provided with a RAM erase switch. This pachinko machine 10 has a function to store and store various data so that even if a power failure occurs, it maintains the state at the time of the power failure, and when it recovers from the power failure, it can be restored to the state at the time of the power failure. It has become. Therefore, for example, when the power is turned off in the normal procedure, as in the case of the game hall being closed, the state before the turn-off is stored and retained. However, if the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch, the RAM data is initialized. It has become.

<Front door frame 14>
Next, the configuration of the front door frame 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 is an exploded perspective view of the front door frame 14, and FIG. 7 is a front view of the front door frame 14.

  As shown in FIG. 6, the front door frame 14 includes a base frame 231 as a base member supporting the window panel unit 22, an upper front cover 232 provided above the window panel unit 22, and a window panel unit. The side front covers 233 and 234 provided on the side of the window 22, the lower front cover 235 provided below the window panel unit 22, the upper plate unit 236 provided below the window panel unit 22, A lower plate unit 237 provided below the upper plate unit 236.

  The covers 232 to 235 and the units 236 and 237 are detachably attached to the base frame 231 while covering the base frame 231 from the front. These covers 232 to 235 and units 236 and 237 are attached to the base frame 231 by reversibly screwing members such as screws from the back side of the base frame 231 to the covers 232 to 235 and the units 236 and 237. It is fixed against.

  The base frame 231 is formed in a plate shape as a whole by a synthetic resin such as ABS resin, and the outer shape is substantially the same as the inner frame 13. The base frame 231 is provided with a through hole that forms the window portion 21, and the window panel portion 22 is attached to the through hole. Note that shaft brackets are attached to the upper and lower ends of one side of the front surface of the base frame 231, and these shaft brackets are rotatably supported with respect to the support brackets 51 and 52 of the inner frame 13.

  A plurality of LED boards having a large number of LEDs are attached to the base frame 231, and the upper front cover 232 and the side front covers 233 and 234 are arranged at positions where these LED boards are covered from the front, so that an annular lamp is provided. A portion 26 is formed. In particular, the upper front cover 232 forms the error display lamp portion 27, and the side front covers 233 and 234 form the prize ball lamp portion 28.

  The upper front cover 232 and the side front covers 233 and 234 are a combination of a plurality of synthetic resin members formed of ABS resin, polycarbonate, acrylic resin, etc. Is given. Any or all of the upper front cover 232 and the side front covers 233 and 234 may be formed of a single synthetic resin material, and each synthetic resin member may be formed of a single synthetic resin material. It may be formed.

  The upper speaker unit 29 has an upper speaker 29 a attached to the upper part of the base frame 231. The upper speaker 29 a is provided in a state of being inserted through an opening formed in the base frame 231, and is disposed in a state where the front surface portion is hooked on the front surface of the base frame 231. In the upper speaker unit 29, the upper speaker 29a is covered from the front by the upper front cover 232 and is not exposed to the front. On the other hand, the upper front cover 232 is formed with a large number of speaker holes in a portion facing the upper speaker 29a, and the sound output from the upper speaker 29a is emitted forward through the speaker hole. Yes.

  The lower front cover 235 is provided with an insertion hole penetrating the lower front cover 235 in the front-rear direction, and the cylinder lock 58 of the inner frame 13 is inserted into the insertion hole so that the front side of the pachinko machine 10 is provided. Is exposed. The lower front cover 235 may be provided integrally with the upper plate unit 236 or the lower plate unit 237.

  The upper plate unit 236 has an upper bulging portion 31 (upper plate 33), and the lower plate unit 237 has a lower bulging portion 32 (lower plate 34). In the base frame 231, a reinforcing plate made of a metal material is provided at an attachment position of the upper dish unit 236 and the lower dish unit 237, and the support strength of the upper dish unit 236 and the lower dish unit 237 by the base frame 231. Has been increased.

  The upper plate unit 236 has an upper plate base portion 236a superimposed on the front surface of the base frame 231, and the upper bulge portion 31 bulges forward from the upper plate base portion 236a. The upper plate base 236a is provided with two openings on the back side of the storage region of the upper plate 33, one of these openings forming a ball inlet 33a and the other forming a ball outlet 33b. ing. The ball inlet 33a and the ball outlet 33b are arranged side by side. In the width direction of the front door frame 14, the ball inlet 33a is disposed at a position near one end of the upper plate 33, and the ball outlet 33b is disposed at a position near the other end. Is arranged. Two openings are also formed in the base frame 231 corresponding to the ball inlet 33a and the ball outlet 33b.

  The upper plate unit 236 is provided with a ball lending operation device 239. The ball lending operation device 239 includes a ball lending button, a return button, and a frequency display unit. The ball lending operation device 239 can check the ball lending operation, the card return operation, and the card frequency in a state where a bill or a card is inserted into the card unit (ball lending unit) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10. . That is, the ball lending button is operated to obtain a lending ball, and the lending ball is paid out as long as there is a remaining amount such as a bill or a card inserted. The return button is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the card unit. The frequency display section displays remaining amount information such as a card.

  In a pachinko machine (so-called cash machine) in which game balls are lent directly from the ball lending device or the like to the upper plate 33 without using a card unit, the ball lending operation device 239 is unnecessary. A decorative seal or the like is attached to the installation portion of the device 239.

  The ball lending operation device 239 is provided with a ball removal button 241. As shown in FIG. 7, the upper plate unit 236 and the lower plate unit 237 are provided with a ball passage 242 that connects the ball outlet 33 b of the upper plate 33 and the second ball inlet 34 b of the lower plate 34. The entrance portion of the ball removal passage 242 is basically closed by a ball stopper built in the upper plate 33, and a ball removal button 241 provided so as to protrude upward from the upper surface of the ball lending operation device 239 is pressed. As a result, the ball stopper is opened, and the game balls stored in the upper plate 33 are discharged to the lower plate 34 through the ball discharge passage 242. The ball removal button 241 may be installed separately from the ball lending operation device 239.

<Lower plate 34>
The lower plate 34 will be described in detail. In the following description, reference will be made to FIGS. 8 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 7, and FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line BB in FIG.

  The lower dish unit 237 has a lower dish base part 237a superimposed on the front surface of the base frame 231, and the lower bulge part 32 bulges forward from the lower dish base part 237a. The lower plate 34 is formed so that the lower bulging portion 32 is recessed from above, and the front wall portion 243 that is a part of the lower plate base portion 237a and the lower end of the deep wall portion 243 forward. A bottom portion 244 that extends, and a surrounding wall portion 245 that surrounds the periphery of the bottom portion 244 together with the back wall portion 243 and has a shape in which the lower plate 34 is opened upward.

  The back wall 243 is continuous with the bottom of the upper plate 33 and has a height dimension corresponding to a large number of game balls. The first sphere inlet 34 a and the second sphere inlet 34 b are rectangular (or substantially rectangular) openings provided in the back wall portion 243, and are opened toward the front of the pachinko machine 10. The first ball inlet 34a is connected to the downstream end of the front door side lower dish passage part 273 of the front door side passage unit 45, and the game ball flowing down the front door side lower dish passage part 273 is the first ball. It is discharged from the inlet 34a to the lower tray 34. In this case, the first ball inlet 34a is included in the lower plate passage in addition to the back pack side lower plate passage portion 259, the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263, and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. .

  A game ball paid out from the payout device 222 in a state where the upper plate 33 is full is discharged to the lower plate 34 through the first ball inlet 34a. Further, as described above, the upper plate unit 236 and the lower plate unit 237 are provided with the ball passage 242, and the ball outlet of the ball passage 242 is a second ball inlet 34 b. Incidentally, the ball removal passage 242 is built in the back wall 243 in the lower dish unit 237 (see FIG. 9 and the like). When the ball removal button 241 is pressed, the ball stopper is opened, and the game balls stored in the upper plate 33 are discharged to the lower plate 34 through the ball removal passage 242.

  The first ball inlet 34a is formed at the center in the left-right direction in the back wall portion 243, and has an opening dimension through which a plurality of game balls can pass in a state where they are arranged in the left-right direction and the vertical direction. Specifically, the left-right direction is for three game balls, and the up-down direction is for two game balls. On the other hand, the second sphere inlet 34b is formed in the back wall portion 243 on the side (specifically, on the right) of the first sphere inlet 34a. Further, both the first sphere inlet 34 a and the second sphere inlet 34 b are spaced apart from each other with respect to the bottom 244, and the lower edges of the first sphere inlet 34 a and the second sphere inlet 34 b are with respect to the bottom 244. And at least one gaming ball above. More specifically, the lower edge of the first ball inlet 34a is positioned above the bottom 244 by approximately two game balls. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration may be employed in which 1.5 gaming balls, 2.5 gaming balls, or 3 or more gaming balls are positioned above.

  Since the first ball entrance 34a has a function of discharging the game balls paid out from the payout device 222 to the lower plate 34 as described above, a large number of game balls are stored in a short period of time in a big hit state, for example. One ball inlet 34 a may pass, and a large number of these game balls are stored in the lower plate 34. In this case, the first ball inlet 34a is formed at a position spaced apart upward from the bottom portion 244, so that even when a large number of game balls are stored on the bottom portion 244, the game balls can The one-ball inlet 34a is prevented from being blocked, and even in this situation, the game balls are discharged to the lower tray 34 through the first ball-inlet 34a.

  As shown in FIG. 8, the bottom surface of the first sphere inlet 34 a has a stepped portion extending in the width direction of the first sphere inlet 34 a, and the stepped portion is rearward from the bottom 244 of the lower plate 34. In the retracted position, it has a receding surface 246a that faces the front in a state extending in the vertical direction. The bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34a includes an upper surface 246b extending from the upper end of the receding surface 246a toward the rear (the bottom surface of the downstream end of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273), and the front from the lower end of the receding surface 246a. And a lower step surface 246c extending toward (the bottom 244 of the lower plate 34). Note that the cross-sectional area of the first ball inlet 34a is increased stepwise from the front door side lower dish passage 273 toward the lower dish 34 due to the presence of the stepped portion (retreating surface 246a).

  The receding surface 246a has the same size in the left-right direction as the size of the first ball inlet 34a, specifically, two gaming balls. It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to this, and it may have a horizontal dimension in which two or more game balls can enter side by side. Further, the receding surface 246a is retracted by at least one game ball with respect to the other surfaces of the back wall portion 243. Note that the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration in which two or more game balls are retracted may be used. Further, the retreating surface 246a is stored in a region in front of the arranged game balls as the game balls discharged from the first ball entrance 34a get over the game balls arranged along the retreating surface 246a. As described above, the height with respect to the bottom 244 and the inclination angle with respect to the bottom 244 are set. Specifically, the height with respect to the bottom portion 244 is approximately two game balls (approximately a plurality of game balls), and is substantially perpendicular to the bottom portion 244. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the game ball discharged from the first ball inlet 34a gets over the game ball arranged along the receding surface 246a and is in a region ahead of the game ball arranged. And the inclination angle with respect to the bottom portion 244 is arbitrary. Since the receding surface 246a is formed as described above, the storage capacity of the game ball in the lower plate 34 is secured accordingly.

  On the other hand, in the lower plate unit 237, since a part of the ball passage 242 from the upper plate 33 is built in the back side of the back wall portion 243 as described above, the receding surface 246a is provided on the bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34a. By forming it, the effect of ensuring the storage capacity of the game ball in the lower plate 34 can be obtained while ensuring the space for incorporating a part of the ball removal passage 242 in the back wall portion 243.

  As will be described later, the pachinko machine 10 has a return ball that is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 but does not reach the game area and flows backward through the guide rail 100 constituted by the inner and outer rails 101 and 102. A foul ball passage 118 for collecting and discharging the collected game balls to the lower plate 34 is provided. The foul ball passage 118 is joined to the ball removal passage 242 on the back side of the back wall portion 243 and the foul ball. The game balls that have passed through the passage 118 are discharged to the lower tray 34 from the second ball inlet 34b. That is, a portion of the passage portion including the foul ball passage 118 through which the return sphere passes is built in the back wall portion 243. In this configuration, as described above, by forming the receding surface 246a on the bottom surface of the first sphere inlet 34a, it is possible to perform the merging of the ball extraction passage 242 and the foul sphere passage 118 with a sufficient space. However, the effect of ensuring the storage capacity of the game ball in the lower tray 34 can be obtained. Further, in the lower plate unit 237, an installation space for wiring of electrical components provided in the lower plate unit 237 is formed on the back side of the back wall portion 243. On the other hand, by forming the receding surface 246a on the bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34a, it is possible to obtain the effect of securing the storage capacity of the game ball in the lower plate 34 while securing the installation space.

  Incidentally, as shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9, the ball removal hole 35 is disposed at a position in front of the first ball inlet 34 a at the bottom 244 of the lower plate 34 and is provided in front of the surrounding wall 245. It is closed in a natural state by a closing plate 37 that is opened by a ball release lever 36. The upper surface of the bottom portion 244 is formed so as to be inclined downward toward the ball hole 35. That is, the game balls stored in the lower plate 34 naturally move toward the ball removal hole 35. In this configuration, when only a relatively small number of game balls are stored in the lower plate 34, these game balls are positioned on the closing plate 37. In this case, since the receding surface 246a is formed at the rear portion of the closing plate 37 in the back wall portion 243 as described above, a space is provided behind the closing plate 37 when a hand is inserted on the closing plate 37. Thus, it becomes possible to take out the game ball located on the closing plate 37 by hand. That is, the receding surface 246a not only has the effect of ensuring the storage capacity of the lower plate 34, but also has the effect of improving the removal of the game ball by hand from the lower plate 34 as described above.

  In the configuration in which the receding surface 246a is formed as described above, as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the first ball inlet 34a has an upper tapered surface 247a extending obliquely upward toward the front as a ceiling surface. In addition, a side tapered surface 247b extending obliquely toward the outside of the first ball inlet 34a is provided as a pair of side surfaces. In this case, the cross-sectional area of the first spherical inlet 34a includes the lower taper from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 by the upper taper surface 247a and the side taper surface 247b, including the stepped bottom surface. 34, the rate of increase is greater than the rate of increase of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. Specifically, the cross-sectional area of the first ball inlet 34 a increases exponentially toward the lower plate 34.

  In the configuration in which the receding surface 246a is formed at the first ball entrance 34a, the game ball may stand by at a location recessed toward the receding surface 246a. On the other hand, since the tapered surfaces 247a and 247b are formed as described above, it is easy to insert a hand into the recessed portion on the receding surface 246a side, and it is easy to take out the game ball waiting at the portion. Become. In addition, by using a tapered surface instead of a simple receding surface, it is possible to secure a large built-in space in the back wall portion 243 as compared with a configuration using a simple receding surface.

  The surrounding wall portion 245 is formed so as to restrict the front edge and the left and right edges of the bottom portion 244. As for the height dimension of the surrounding wall part 245, the whole is smaller than the back wall part 243, and the height dimension is further smaller on the front side than on the rear side. The front region 248 including the front end portion of the surrounding wall portion 245 in the surrounding wall portion 245 is aligned with the first ball inlet 34a in the front view of the pachinko machine 10, as shown in FIG. The height dimension is substantially the same over the predetermined range.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 8, the front region 248 has a height dimension with respect to the bottom portion 244 so that the upper end is positioned below the lower end of the first ball inlet 34a. With this configuration, it is possible to ensure a long distance from the lower surface of the upper plate 33 to the front region 248 of the lower plate 34. Further, as shown in FIG. 7, the lower plate of the upper plate 33 is formed so as to be recessed upward as shown in FIG. A long distance to the region 248 is secured. The game balls stored in the lower plate 34 may be taken out from between the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 and replenished to the upper plate 33. By ensuring a long distance to the front region 248, the workability of the replenishing operation is improved. In particular, in this pachinko machine 10, the game area is expanded, and the distance between the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 is reduced accordingly. On the other hand, by securing a long distance from the lower surface of the upper plate 33 to the front region 248 of the lower plate 34 as described above, it is possible to expand the game region while suppressing a decrease in workability of the replenishment operation. Can be achieved. Incidentally, the upper end of the surrounding wall portion 245 other than the front region 248 is located above the lower end of the first ball inlet 34a.

  In the configuration in which the height of the front region 248 is reduced as described above, the storage capacity of the lower plate 34 is reduced accordingly. On the other hand, since the receding surface 246a is formed on the back wall portion 243 as described above, the storage capacity of the lower plate 34 is prevented from becoming extremely small.

  In addition, since the front region 248 is located in front of the first ball inlet 34a, if the height dimension of the front region 248 is reduced, the game balls discharged from the first ball inlet 34a will be discharged. There is concern about spilling outside the lower plate 34 beyond the front region 248. On the other hand, since the receding surface 246a is formed in the back wall portion 243 as described above, a long distance of the front region 248 with respect to the first ball inlet 34a is secured. And since the distance of the front side area | region 248 with respect to the 1st ball | bowl entrance 34a is ensured long, the opportunity for the momentum to be reduced by the game ball discharged | emitted from the 1st ball | bowl inlet 34a until it reaches the front side area | region 248 is obtained. A large amount is given, and spilling out of the lower plate 34 is suppressed. Furthermore, a configuration for reducing the momentum of the game balls discharged from the first ball inlet 34a is provided in the passage portion that extends from the payout device 222 to the first ball inlet 34a. This will be described later.

<Lower speaker 30a>
Returning to the description of FIGS. 6 and 7, the lower speaker 30 a includes the lower speaker 30 a attached to the lower portion of the base frame 231. In the base frame 231, a lower opening 231a is formed at a position below the ball inlet 33a (see FIG. 12). In the lower speaker 30a, the front portion of the lower speaker 30a is hooked on the front surface of the base frame 231, The back surface portion is inserted through the lower opening 231a. In the lower speaker unit 30, the lower speaker 30a is covered from the front by the lower dish unit 237 so that it is not exposed to the front. On the other hand, the lower plate unit 237 is provided with a speaker cover 250 having a large number of speaker holes at a position facing the front portion of the lower speaker 30a, and is output from the front side of the lower speaker 30a. Sound is emitted forward through a large number of speaker holes. In this case, the lower speaker unit 30 includes the lower speaker 30a and the speaker cover 250. Note that the speaker hole of the speaker cover 250 corresponds to the sound emitting portion.

  The speaker cover 250 is disposed on the left side of the lower plate 34 in the lower bulging portion 32 of the lower plate unit 237. The speaker cover 250 has a cover surface that is disposed obliquely upward and forward, so that the player can easily hear the sound emitted from the speaker hole. In the lower dish unit 237, as described above, the game ball launch handle 41 is provided to the right of the lower bulge portion 32, and the speaker cover 250 is different from the game ball launch handle 41 across the lower dish 34. Located on the opposite side.

  As shown in FIG. 9, the lower dish unit 237 has an internal space formed between the lower dish base part 237a and the outer peripheral part of the lower bulge part 32, and the lower dish base part 237a. Further, openings 249a and 249b are formed at positions facing the front portion of the lower speaker 30a in each of the outer peripheral portions of the lower bulge portion 32. The speaker cover 250 is attached to the lower bulge portion 32 in a state where the bulge opening 249b formed in the lower bulge portion 32 is closed, and the sound output from the front side of the lower speaker 30a. Is transmitted to the internal space of the lower plate unit 237 through the base opening 249a of the lower plate base portion 237a, and further discharged forward through the speaker holes of the speaker cover 250.

  Incidentally, the speaker cover 250 may be provided integrally with the lower bulging portion 32. For example, in the lower bulge portion 32, a large number of speaker holes are formed in front of the lower speaker 30a, and a portion where these speaker holes are formed is a speaker cover 250.

  The lower speaker 30a is a dynamic speaker device and corresponds to sound generating means for generating sound. The lower speaker 30a includes a diaphragm 30b such as cone-shaped cone paper, and a voice coil 30c connected to the diaphragm 30b. The lower speaker 30a may be referred to as a cone-type speaker unit. it can. The lower speaker 30a includes a permanent magnet that operates the voice coil 30c in addition to the diaphragm 30b and the voice coil 30c. The permanent magnet has a hollow portion because it is formed in a donut shape, and the voice coil 30c is provided in a state of being inserted into the hollow portion. In the lower speaker 30a, when the voice coil 30c is energized, the diaphragm 30b vibrates together with the voice coil 30c, and sound is generated by the vibration of the diaphragm 30b. In this case, the sound output backward from the diaphragm 30b has an opposite phase to the sound output forward. In the lower speaker 30a, a drive unit is configured by a voice coil and a permanent magnet.

  The lower speaker unit 30 is provided with an enclosure 331 (see FIG. 21) with respect to the lower speaker 30a, and the front side in a state where the low frequency range of the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a is enhanced. To be released. In this case, the lower speaker unit 30 is a back load horn type speaker system having the lower speaker unit 30 and the enclosure 331. In the enclosure 331, the middle and high range is easily attenuated and the low range is amplified. It has become easier. Further, in the lower speaker unit 30, the front door side lower dish passage part 273 is included in the enclosure 331, and sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30 a is transmitted through the front door side lower dish passage part 273. It is discharged from the first ball inlet 34a of the lower plate 34.

  A detailed description of the lower speaker unit 30 will be described later.

<Configuration of the path of the game ball to the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34>
Next, the path configuration of the game balls to the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 will be described. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the path configuration of the game ball. 10, for the sake of convenience, the passage configurations on the inner frame 13 side and the back pack unit 15 side are shown in cross section.

  As described above, the payout device 222 is provided in the payout mechanism 202 that constitutes the back surface of the pachinko machine 10. A payout passage 251 extending in the vertical direction is formed below the payout device 222, and game balls paid out from the payout device 222 flow down the payout passage 251, and game balls formed at the lower end of the payout mechanism unit 202. It is introduced into the distribution unit 252.

  The game ball distribution unit 252 has a function of distributing the game balls paid out from the payout device 222 to the upper plate 33 side or the lower plate 34 side provided in the front door frame 14. The configuration of the game ball distribution unit 252 will be described with reference to a longitudinal sectional view around the game ball distribution unit 252 shown in FIG. The game ball distribution unit 252 is open upward and forward, and the inside thereof is partitioned by two partition walls 253a and 253b, so that three openings 255a, 255b, and 255c are juxtaposed in the left-right direction.

  Of these openings 255a, 255b, 255c, the opening 255a inside the pachinko machine 10 leads to the upper dish passage leading to the upper dish 33, and the central opening 255b leads to the lower dish path continuing to the lower dish 34. Yes. The opening 255c on the outside of the pachinko machine 10 communicates with the discharge passage, and when the game balls stored in the tank 221 are discharged, the stored game balls are guided to the discharge passage through the outer opening 255c. It is discharged outside the pachinko machine 10.

  Returning to the description of FIG. 10, the upper plate passage includes the back pack side upper plate passage portion 258 provided in the back pack unit 15, the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 provided in the inner frame 13, and the front door frame. 14 and a front door side upper dish passage portion 272 provided at 14. Similarly, the lower plate passage is provided in the back pack side lower plate passage portion 259 provided in the back pack unit 15, the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 provided in the inner frame 13, and the front door frame 14. And a front door side lower dish passage portion 273.

  Each of these passage portions 258, 259, 262, 263, 272, and 273 will be described in detail.

<Back pack side passage unit 257>
The back pack side upper plate passage portion 258 and the back pack side lower plate passage portion 259 are provided so as to penetrate the base portion 211 in the front-rear direction on the rotation base end side of the back pack unit 15. 257. The back pack side upper dish passage portion 258 and the back pack side lower dish passage portion 259 are partitioned by a passage wall and arranged side by side in the left-right direction. Further, the back pack side upper dish passage portion 258 and the back pack side lower dish passage portion 259 each extend in the front-rear direction and are inclined downward toward the downstream side. In the above configuration, the game balls introduced into the back pack side upper dish passage portion 258 and the back pack side lower dish passage portion 259 roll on the bottom portions 258a and 259a, and then the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side. It is discharged to each of the lower dish passage portions 263.

  Incidentally, the back pack side lower dish passage part 259 has a larger width dimension (dimension in the left-right direction) than the back pack side upper dish path part 258. This is due to the following reason. That is, the game ball paid out from the payout device 222 is guided to the opening 255 a inside the game ball distribution unit 252 that continues to the back pack side upper dish passage unit 258. On the other hand, the inner side opening 255a is filled with the game ball in the game ball distribution unit 252, and the overflowing game ball is guided to the back pack side lower dish passage unit 259. Therefore, the trajectory of the game ball passing through the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 becomes irregular as compared with the game ball passing through the back pack side upper tray passage portion 258, so There is concern about the occurrence of clogging. On the other hand, in the limited space of the back pack side passage unit 257, the width clogging of the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 is made larger than that of the back pack side upper tray passage portion 258, so that the above-mentioned clogging occurs. The probability of doing is reduced. In addition, in order to reduce the probability that the ball clogging occurs in the lower plate passage, not only the back pack side lower plate passage portion 259 but also the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 The width dimension is larger than the upper dish passages 262 and 272. That is, the opening area is increased.

<Inner frame side passage unit 121>
The inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 are provided so as to penetrate the inner frame base 50 in the front-rear direction on the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13. 121 is formed. The game board 60a is provided with a notch 267 at the corner so as to avoid the inner frame side passage unit 121 (see FIG. 4).

  The inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 are partitioned by a partition passage wall 264 and arranged in parallel in the left-right direction so that the ball outlets 262a and 263a face downward. Is formed. More specifically, the upstream side of the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 is inclined downward toward the downstream side, and the downstream side thereof is extended slightly downward so as to exit the ball. 262a and 263a are formed. In the above configuration, the game balls introduced into the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 roll on the bottom portions 262b and 263b, and the front door side upper dish passage via the ball outlets 262a and 263a. It is discharged to each of the part 272 and the front door side lower dish passage part 273. Incidentally, the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 has a smaller width dimension (lateral dimension) than the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263.

<Front door side passage unit 45>
As described above, the front door side passage unit 45 includes the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. Here, the front door side passage unit 45 is illustrated in FIGS. 16 will be described. 12 is a perspective view showing a state where the front door side passage unit 45 is separated from the front door frame 14, FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 14 is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45. 15 is a front view of the front door side passage unit 45, FIG. 16 is a view showing the internal structure of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 17 is a plan view of the front door side passage unit 45. In FIG. 16, illustration of the front door side upper dish passage portion 272 and the foul ball passage 118 is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 14, the front door side passage unit 45 has a pair of base plates 274a and 274b arranged in parallel, and a plurality of connecting plates 274c connecting these base plates 274a and 274b. Yes. The base plates 274a and 274b and the connecting plate 274c are made of a transparent synthetic resin material such as polycarbonate resin. The pair of base plates 274a and 274b are spaced apart from each other in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10, and each connecting plate 274c extends over the pair of base plates 274a and 274b while extending in the front-rear direction. .

  Each of the connecting plates 274c is formed integrally with the front base plate 274a disposed on the front side (base frame 231 side) of the pair of base plates 274a and 274b, and the rear base plate disposed on the rear side. 274b is screwed to the connecting plate 274c and the front base plate 274a.

  In the front door side passage unit 45, a receiving portion 275 that constitutes upstream ends of the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is formed, and from the receiving portion 275. Also on the downstream side, a front door side passage forming portion 276 (see FIG. 12 and the like) constituting the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is formed. The front door side upper dish passage portion 272 and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 are space portions defined by the connecting plate 274c between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b.

  The front door side passage unit 45 has a plate-like portion 271 in addition to the receiving portion 275 and the front door side passage formation portion 276. In the front door side passage unit 45, the outlet 272a of the front door side upper dish passage portion 272 overlaps with the ball inlet 33a of the upper plate 33 in the front and rear, and the outlet 273a of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is the second outlet of the lower plate 34. A single ball inlet 34 a overlaps with the front and rear, and is fixed to the back surface of the front door frame 14 with screws from the rear of the pachinko machine 10. In this case, the plate-like portion 271 of the front door side passage unit 45 is in contact with the rear surface of the front door frame 14 in a state where the plate portion 271 is superimposed on the rear surface of the front door frame 14.

  Incidentally, reinforcing metal plates 301 and 302 are attached to the front door side passage unit 45. Of these reinforcing metal plates 301 and 302, the first reinforcing metal plate 301 is attached to the receiving portion 275. The second reinforcing metal plate 302 is attached to the front door side passage forming portion 276. The receiving portion 275 communicates with the ball inlet 33 a of the upper plate 33, and the front door side passage forming portion 276 communicates with the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower plate 34. Accordingly, the fraudulent jig is inserted from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the ball inlet 33a or the first ball inlet 34a, and the wall of the receiving portion 275 or the wall of the front door side passage forming portion 276 is broken and inserted. An act of intruding the fraudulent jig into the game area or the back surface of the game board 60a is assumed. On the other hand, since the reinforcing metal plates 301 and 302 are attached as described above, even if the wall of the receiving portion 275 or the wall of the front door side passage forming portion 276 is broken, It is possible to prevent further intrusion.

  The receiving portion 275 and the front door side passage forming portion 276 of the front door side passage unit 45 will be described. The position where the receiving portion 275 is formed is the upper corner portion in the front door side passage unit 45, and is the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14 in relation to the front door frame 14. Further, the receiving portion 275 protrudes rearward of the pachinko machine 10 from the front door side passage forming portion 276, and is further rearward of the pachinko machine 10 than the rotation shaft of the front door frame 14. And in the state which closed the front door frame 14, the receiving part 275 has entered into the back rather than the front side edge part of the inner frame 13. As shown in FIG.

  However, the receiving portion 275 is in front of the rear end portion of the inner frame 13, and the inner frame 13 (inner frame base 50) has a protruding side of the receiving portion 275 at a position facing the receiving portion 275. A housing recess 292b is formed as a cover part for covering the cover (see FIG. 18). Therefore, the receiving portion 275 does not penetrate the inner frame 13 in the front-rear direction when the front door frame 14 is closed.

  The receiving portion 275 is open upward as shown in FIG. 13 and the like, and a partition wall 277 that stands upward from the bottom is integrally formed at the approximate center in the left-right direction. By being partitioned by the partition wall 277, the opening portion 275 has two openings 278 and 279 arranged in parallel in the left-right direction. In such a configuration, the inner side wall of the pachinko machine 10 in the receiving portion 275 is taller than the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 and the like, and a flange 275a is formed on the side wall. By forming the flange 275a, the inner opening 278 inside the pachinko machine 10 out of the two openings 278 and 279 is wider than the outer opening 279 outside the pachinko machine 10 (dimension in the left-right direction). Is getting smaller.

  The pachinko machine 10 inner opening 278 is vertically opposed to the ball outlet 262a of the inner frame side upper dish passage 262, and serves as a ball inlet of the front door side upper dish passage 272 as shown in FIG. ing. The pachinko machine 10 outer opening 279 faces the ball outlet 263a of the inner frame side lower dish passage part 263 in the vertical direction, and the front door side lower dish passage part 273 formed in the front door side passage formation part 276. It is the ball entrance. In this case, as described above, the receiving portion 275 enters the rear side of the front side end portion of the inner frame 13, so that the boundary between the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 and the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262. A part of the portion and the boundary portion between the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 are inserted into the rear side of the front end portion of the inner frame 13 (see FIG. 10 and the like). ).

  The inner opening 278 and the ball inlet 33a of the upper plate 33 are arranged in the front-rear direction, and the front door-side upper plate passage 272 extends in the front-rear direction so as to connect the inner opening 278 and the ball inlet 33a. In addition, the front door side upper dish passage portion 272 has a width dimension (dimension in the left-right direction) that increases toward the ball inlet 33 a of the upper dish 33.

  The outer opening 279 and the first ball inlet 34a of the lower plate 34 are in a positional relationship shifted in the left-right direction and the up-down direction. That is, the outer opening 279 is on the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14, and the first ball inlet 34a of the lower plate 34 is near the center in the left-right direction of the front door frame 14 (see FIG. 12 and the like). Further, the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower plate 34 is below the outer opening 279. A front door side lower dish passage 273 is formed so as to connect the outer opening 279 and the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower dish 34. The front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is along the back surface of the front door frame 14 and has a crank shape. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 has an upper horizontal passage portion 284, a vertical passage portion 285, and a lower horizontal passage portion 286. Thus, by making the front door side lower dish passage part 273 into a crank shape, the passage length is longer than that of a linear structure.

  The front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is a space having a rectangular cross section due to the partition between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b by the connecting plate 274c. In the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286 extend obliquely downward toward the downstream side at the same angle, and the game balls of the respective horizontal passage portions 284,286 are provided. It flows down toward the downstream end. In the upper horizontal passage portion 284, the upstream end thereof is disposed below the receiving portion 275, and the downstream end thereof is disposed above the upstream end of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. The downstream end of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 is disposed behind the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower plate 34. The vertical passage portion 285 connects the downstream end portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the upstream end portion of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 in a state extending in the vertical direction.

  The front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is bent along the back surface of the base frame 231, and has a plurality of intermediate bent portions 304 as bent portions. The intermediate bent portion 304 is formed in each of a connection portion between the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 and a connection portion between the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286, and flows down from the upstream side. It is possible to reduce the flow speed of the coming game ball.

  As a whole, the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 gradually increases in cross-sectional area from the upstream end portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 toward the downstream end portion (exit 273a) of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. Yes. That is, the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is thicker toward the downstream side. In this case, due to the pair of base plates 274a and 274b extending in parallel, the depth dimension of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is set to the same size in the entire region, Thus, the thickness dimension of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is gradually increased as it approaches the outlet 273a. Here, in the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286, the height dimension is a thickness dimension, and in the vertical passage portion 285, the width dimension is a thickness dimension.

  The front door side lower dish passage portion 273 has a cross-sectional area in which game balls can be arranged in a plurality of rows along the flow direction. For example, the depth dimension of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 (the separation distance between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b) is such that two game balls can be arranged. In addition, the thickness dimension of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is such that the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 can be arranged with two game balls, and the lower horizontal passage portion 286. The size is such that three or more game balls can be arranged.

  In the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, each linear portion of the passage portions 284 to 286 has a tapered shape that is gradually thickened toward the downstream side. In this case, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end portion of the vertical passage portion 285 is the same as or equal to the cross-sectional area of the downstream end portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 in each straight portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285. Has been bigger. Further, in each straight line portion of the longitudinal passage portion 285 and the lower lateral passage portion 286, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end portion of the lower lateral passage portion 286 is the same as or more than the sectional area of the downstream end portion of the longitudinal passage portion 285. It has been enlarged.

  In addition, the cross-sectional area of each intermediate | middle bending part 304 is substantially the same as the cross-sectional area of the channel | path parts 284-286 adjacent up and down. For example, in the connection portion between the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285, the cross-sectional area of the intermediate bent portion 304 is the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the straight portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the straight line of the vertical passage portion 285. It is almost the same as the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the portion. In addition, in the connection portion between the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286, the cross-sectional area of the intermediate bent portion 304 is the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the straight portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and the straight line of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. It is almost the same as the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the portion.

  In the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the downstream end of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 is arranged behind the first ball inlet 34a of the lower plate 34, so that the game ball is placed at the ball outlet. A downstream bent portion 305 is formed in the most downstream portion so that the flow-down direction is a direction toward the front of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 9). The downstream bent portion 305 is formed with respect to the lower horizontal passage portion 286. In other words, the downstream bent portion 305 includes a passage wall 306 having a surface perpendicular to the flow-down direction of the game ball on the upstream side. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 hits the passage wall 306 of the downstream bent portion 305 at the most downstream portion and is then discharged to the lower plate 34 through the first ball inlet 34a. That is, the passage wall 306 has a function as a speed reducing portion. As a result, the momentum of the game balls discharged from the front door side lower tray passage 273 to the lower tray 34 is reduced immediately before being discharged to the lower tray 34. Note that the bent portions 304 and 305 correspond to a spherical corner portion.

  In the configuration in which the passage direction on the upstream side of the downstream bent portion 305 is set in the vertical direction instead of the left and right direction, the bottom portion of the downstream bent portion 305 functions as the speed reducing portion. In other words, the deceleration unit has a surface that is orthogonal (substantially orthogonal) or intersects with the flow direction of the upstream game ball, and causes the game ball flowing down from the upstream side to collide with the surface to decelerate. Any structure that has a function of guiding the lower plate 34 to the lower plate 34 may be used.

  Here, as already described, the height dimension of the front region 248 of the surrounding wall 245 in the lower plate 34 is set to be small. In this case, there is a concern that the game balls discharged from the first ball inlet 34a may spill out of the lower plate 34 beyond the front region 248. On the other hand, as described above, the downstream bent portion 305 is formed in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, and the game balls discharged from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 to the lower tray 34 are the lower plate 34. When the momentum is reduced immediately before being discharged, the gaming ball discharged from the first ball inlet 34a is prevented from spilling out of the lower plate 34 due to the discharged momentum.

  By the way, the front door side lower dish passage part 273 is integrated as a front door side passage unit 45 on the back surface of the front door frame 14, so that the position and lower position of the downstream bent part 305 of the front door side lower dish path part 273 are lower. It is possible to make the position of the dish 34 close to the first ball inlet 34a. Therefore, it is possible to discharge the game ball to the lower plate 34 immediately after the downstream bending portion 305 reduces the momentum of the flow, and the effect of reducing the momentum at the downstream bending portion 305 is preferably exhibited. Assuming a configuration in which the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is installed not on the front door frame 14 side but on the inner frame 13 side, the ball of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is opened when the front door frame 14 is opened with respect to the inner frame 13. It becomes necessary to provide a shutter mechanism for closing the outlet. If it does so, it will be necessary to space apart the downstream bending part 305 and the 1st bulb | ball inlet 34a by the part which provided the shutter mechanism. On the other hand, in the present pachinko machine 10, the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is formed in the front door frame 14, so that the shutter mechanism is not necessary, and as described above, the downstream bent portion 305 and the first ball inlet 34a. It is possible to bring the position of.

  Next, the flow of game balls to the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 11, a game ball is paid out from the payout device 222 toward the inner opening 255a of the game ball distribution unit 252. Therefore, the game balls paid out from the payout device 222 are discharged to the upper plate 33 through the upper plate passage constituted by the upper plate passage portions 258, 262, 272.

  However, if a large number of game balls are paid out from the payout device 222 and the upper plate 33 becomes full, and then the game balls continue to be paid out, the game balls are connected in the upper plate passage, as shown in FIG. In addition, the entire inner opening 255a of the game ball distributing unit 252 is filled with the game ball. In this state, the game ball paid out from the payout device 222 gets over the inner partition wall 253a in the game ball distribution unit 252 and enters the central opening 255b. Then, the game ball is discharged to the lower plate 34 through the lower plate passage constituted by the lower plate passage portions 259, 263, and 273.

<Full detection sensor 280>
Next, the full detection sensor 280 will be described.

  As shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the front door side passage forming portion 276 is provided with a full detection sensor 280 so as to detect a game ball passing through the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. The full detection sensor 280 is configured by a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and a change in the magnetic field when the game ball passes through the detection range is detected and output as an electric signal. The full detection sensor 280 is not limited to a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and a photo sensor, a limit sensor, or the like may be used.

  The full detection sensor 280 outputs an electrical signal to the payout control device 181. The payout control device 181 stops paying out game balls by the payout device 222 based on the detection result of the fullness detection sensor 280. As a result, when the lower tray 34 is full and game balls are connected to the position of the full detection sensor 280 in the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, payout of further game balls is stopped. The stop of the payout is canceled when the full state of the lower plate 34 is canceled and the game ball is no longer detected by the full detection sensor 280.

  Here, the fullness detection sensor 280 is provided for the upper horizontal passage portion 284 in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. Specifically, a full detection sensor 280 is attached below the bottom wall of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. By providing the full detection sensor 280 for the lower horizontal passage portion 286 in this way, even if the lower plate 34 is filled with game balls, the full detection is performed as long as the game balls do not stand by at the position of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. The sensor 280 does not detect that the lower pan is full.

  In the configuration in which the position of the fullness detection sensor 280 is set as described above, the lower plate passage (the back pack side lower plate passage portion 259, the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263, the front door side lower plate passage portion 273) is full. The passage length upstream of the detection sensor 280 is set so that the game ball row of game balls connected in the lower tray passage does not reach the position of the payout device 222 when the lower tray 34 is full. . In other words, when the payout device 222 that pays out the game balls at a predetermined payout speed is stopped, there are already game balls that have been paid out from the payout device 222 and flowing down toward the lower plate 34. obtain. In this case, even if the maximum number of game balls assumed as the already flowing game balls are arranged on the upstream side of the full detection sensor 280 in the lower dish passage, the game ball row of the payout device 222 It does not line up to the position.

<Shutter mechanism 291>
Next, the shutter mechanism 291 will be described. FIG. 18 is an exploded perspective view of the shutter mechanism 291, and FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the movement of the shutter mechanism 291.

  In the present embodiment, as described above, the front door side passage unit 45 is provided for the front door frame 14. The front door frame 14 is provided with the window panel portion 22 as described above. For example, when the front door frame 14 is opened in order to eliminate a clogged ball or the like in the game area, the front door frame 14 is adjusted accordingly. The front door side passage unit 45 moves forward, and the passage portions 272 and 273 on the front door frame 14 side are separated from the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side. The opening operation of the front door frame 14 is such that the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 are full, and the game ball is waiting in the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263. If it is performed in the state, the waiting game ball may not be received by the front door side upper dish passage portion 272 or the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and may be scattered. On the other hand, a shutter mechanism 291 is provided to prevent scattering of the game ball.

  The shutter mechanism 291 is provided on the front side of the inner frame 13. Specifically, an attachment portion 292 is formed below the inner frame side passage unit 121 in the inner frame base 50, and a shutter mechanism 291 is attached to the attachment portion 292. The shutter mechanism 291 includes a shutter member 293, a coil spring 294, and a stopper 295.

  The shutter member 293 is formed in a substantially plate shape from synthetic resin. A shaft hole 293a is formed in the lower end of the shutter member 293 so as to penetrate in the left-right direction, and a support shaft portion 292a having a shaft hole on the same axis as the shaft hole 293a is formed in the mounting portion 292. Since the shaft pin 296 is inserted and fixed in the shaft hole 293a and the shaft portion 292a of the shutter member 293, the shutter member 293 is supported so as to be rotatable in the front-rear direction with the lower end as an axis. Yes.

  At the upper end of the shutter member 293, an extension portion 297 is formed to extend from one end portion (the left end portion in the present embodiment) to the side. Thus, a stopper 295 is provided. The stopper 295 is formed of a synthetic resin material and is fixed to the attachment portion 292 with screws. Further, the stopper 295 is formed with a shutter stopper 295a and a spring stopper 295b which is below the shutter stopper 295a and protrudes forward.

  A coil spring 294 is provided between the stopper 295 and the extending portion 297. The coil spring 294 has one end fixed to the spring stopper 295b and the other end fixed to the lower end of the extending portion 297, and is provided in an extended state. Therefore, a forward urging force always acts on the shutter member 293, and the extended portion 297 is in a position in contact with the shutter stopper 295a in the natural state of the shutter member 293. At the abutted position, the upper end portion 298 of the shutter member 293 is below the inner frame side passage unit 121.

  The upper end 298 of the shutter member 293 has an upper surface with a predetermined curvature, is convex outward, and has an arc shape in the front-rear direction. The virtual center of this arc is a shaft hole 293a. Further, the shutter member 293 has a front-rear direction dimension substantially the same as the front-rear direction dimensions of the ball outlets 262a, 263a of the inner frame side upper dish passage part 262 and the inner frame side lower dish path part 263, and further in the left-right direction The dimension is substantially the same as the dimension in the left-right direction of the inner frame side passage unit 121. The upper end portion 298 is opposed to substantially the entire ball outlets 262a and 263a of the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263. That is, the ball outlets 262 a and 263 a of the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 are closed by the shutter member 293. This position is the closed position (blocking position) of the shutter member 293.

  A front step portion 298b is formed integrally with the upper end portion 298 so as to protrude forward. When the front step portion 298b moves to the closed position, the front step portion 298b has a boundary portion between the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the front door side upper plate passage portion 272, or the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 and the front door side. It has a function of pushing the game ball at the boundary with the lower dish passage portion 273 toward the receiving portion 275.

  In the upper end portion 298, a groove portion 298a extending in the front-rear direction is formed at an intermediate position in the left-right direction. The position of the groove portion 298a corresponds to the position of the partition wall 277 in the receiving port portion 275. That is, the area inside the pachinko machine 10 from the groove 298a in the upper end 298 is a blocking area for the upper dish passage, and the area outside the pachinko machine 10 from the groove 298a is a blocking area for the lower dish path. Yes. When the shutter member 293 is in the closed position, the lower end portion 264a of the partition passage wall 264 that partitions the passage portions 262 and 263 in the inner frame side passage unit 121 enters the groove portion 298a.

  An accommodation recess 292 b that is recessed rearward is formed behind the shutter member 293 in the attachment portion 292. The shutter member 293 has a front end face that is in contact with the receiving portion 275 of the front door side passage unit 45 when the front door frame 14 is closed, and when the front door frame 14 is closed as described above. The receiving portion 275 is disposed below the inner frame side passage unit 121. Therefore, in a state where the front door frame 14 is closed, the rear end portion of the receiving portion 275 is in contact with the front end surface of the shutter member 293 and a force against the urging force acts on the shutter member 293. Thus, the shutter member 293 rotates rearward and is accommodated in the accommodating recess 292b. This position is the open position (blocking release position) of the shutter member 293.

  The movement of the shutter member 293 in response to the opening operation of the front door frame 14 will be described. As shown in FIG. 19A, when the front door frame 14 is closed, the shutter member 293 is in the open position and the inner frame side. The upper plate passage portion 262 and the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 communicate with each other, and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 communicate with each other.

  Further, by opening the front door frame 14, the shutter member 293 moves to the closed position as shown in FIG. As a result, the ball outlets 262a and 263a of the inner frame side upper dish path part 262 and the inner frame side lower dish path part 263 are closed, and the inner frame side upper dish path part 262 and the inner frame side lower dish path part 263 have a game. Even if the front door frame 14 is opened while the ball is waiting, the waiting game ball is not scattered. Then, if the front door frame 14 is closed, it will return to the state of Fig.19 (a).

  In this case, as described above, the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 are inclined downward toward the ball outlets 262a and 263a, respectively. Therefore, a part of the weight load of the game ball waiting in the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side is received by the bottom portions 262b and 263b of the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side. That is, the weight load on the shutter member 293 of the waiting game balls is reduced. Therefore, the opening / closing operation of the shutter member 293 is facilitated.

<Blockage prevention structure>
Next, a ball clogging suppression structure in the upper dish passage when the front door frame 14 is opened will be described. 20 and 21 are explanatory diagrams for explaining the structure for suppressing clogging of balls.

  As described above, when the front door frame 14 is opened, the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side are separated from the passage portions 272 and 273 on the front door frame 14 side. In this case, if a game ball is present at the boundary between the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side and the passage portions 272 and 273 on the front door frame 14 side, the game ball is connected to the inner frame side passage unit 121. A game ball may exist at a boundary portion with the front door side passage unit 45, and the game ball comes into contact with each of the inner frame side passage unit 121 and the front door side passage unit 45, thereby causing a ball clogging. Therefore, the opening operation of the front door frame 14 may not be smoothly performed. On the other hand, a ball clogging suppression structure is provided. As this ball clogging suppression structure, a first ball clogging suppression structure and a second ball clogging suppression structure are provided.

<First ball clogging suppression structure>
First, the first ball clogging suppressing structure will be described with reference to FIG. When the front door frame 14 is closed, the openings 278 and 279 of the receiving port 275 and the ball outlets 262a and 263a of the inner frame side passage unit 121 are opposed to each other (in FIG. Only the aisle side is shown). Here, in the vicinity of the ball outlets 262a and 263a of the inner frame side passage unit 121, the lower end of the front side passage wall 265 is lower than the lower end of the partition passage wall 264 and the lower end of the side passage wall as shown in FIG. Is also formed to be on the upper side. As a result, a gap of a predetermined distance X1 exists between the open upper surface portion of the portion opened upward in the receiving port portion 275 and the front side passage wall 265 of the inner frame side passage unit 121. Therefore, when the front door frame 14 starts to be opened, a game ball is placed at a boundary portion (position B1 in FIG. 20) between the passage portions 272 and 273 on the front door frame 14 side and the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side. Even if there is, it is difficult for the game ball to hit the front side passage wall 265 of the inner frame side passage unit 121. Therefore, the occurrence of clogging of the balls is suppressed, and the opening operation of the front door frame 14 can be performed smoothly.

  When the shutter member 293 is in the open position, the front step portion 298b of the shutter member 293 is above the receiving portion 275 and enters the receiving portion 275 side. When the shutter member 293 moves to the closed position, the front step portion 298b of the shutter member 293 is disposed within the range of the interval X1. Accordingly, as described above, when the shutter member 293 moves to the closed position, the boundary portion between the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the front door side upper dish passage portion 272, or the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263, And the game ball at the boundary between the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the receiving portion 275 are pushed.

  When the shutter member 293 is in the closed position in the configuration formed such that the lower end of the front passage wall 265 is above the lower end of the partition passage wall 264 and the lower end of the side passage wall as described above, The game balls waiting in the passage portions 262 and 263 on the main body side are prevented from falling down. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 19B, the distance L1 from the shaft hole 293a of the shutter member 293 to the lower end of the near-side passage wall 265, and from the shaft hole 293a to the upper surface of the upper end portion 298 of the shutter member 293. The difference from the distance L2 is smaller than the diameter of the game ball (L1-L2 <R). Therefore, the gap between the two becomes smaller than the diameter of the game ball, and the waiting game ball does not fall down.

  In particular, the difference between the distance L1 from the shaft hole 293a of the shutter member 293 to the lower end of the front passage wall 265 and the distance L2 from the shaft hole 293a to the upper surface of the upper end portion 298 of the shutter member 293 is based on the radius of the game ball. (L1−L2 <R / 2). Therefore, the load of the waiting game ball is reliably received by the near-side passage wall 265, and the falling of the game ball is reliably prevented.

<Second ball clogging suppression structure>
Next, the second ball clogging suppression structure will be described with reference to FIGS. The second ball clogging suppression structure is provided for each of the upper dish passage and the lower dish passage. Therefore, first, the second ball clogging suppressing structure of the upper plate passage will be described.

  As described above, the receiving portion 275 is formed to protrude rearward from the back surface of the front door frame 14, and as shown in FIG. 21, the receiving portion 275 is rearward of the rotating shaft 282 of the front door frame 14. It is in. Accordingly, the rotation range of the outer opening 279 when the front door frame 14 is opened includes a part of the lower region of the inner frame side upper dish passage 262 as shown in FIG. In addition, at the midway position when the front door frame 14 is opened, a part of each of the inner opening 278 and the outer opening 279 is located below the inner frame upper dish passage 262. In this state, the game ball in the inner opening 278 can move to the outer opening 279 through a region above the partition wall 277 of the receiving port 275.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 13 and 21, the partition wall 277 of the receiving portion 275 has a recess 283 that is recessed downward from the upper end thereof. The recess 283 is formed from the middle position in the left-right direction of the partition wall 277 to the rear end, and the front-rear direction dimension X2 is larger than the diameter R of the game ball (X2> R).

  As described above, the rotation range of the outer opening 279 of the receiving port 275 is set, and the recess 283 is formed in the partition wall 277 of the receiving port 275, so that the front door frame 14 is opened. When starting, the game ball is located at the boundary between the front door side upper dish passage portion 272 and the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and at a position close to the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 (position B2 in FIG. 20). Even so, the game ball can be retracted from the inner opening 278 side to the outer opening 279 side across the recess 283. Therefore, the occurrence of clogging of the balls is suppressed, and the opening operation of the front door frame 14 can be performed smoothly. However, the depth dimension of the concave portion 283 is X3, and the distance between the bottom of the concave portion 283 and the lower end of the partition passage wall 264 of the inner frame side passage unit 121 is smaller than the diameter R of the game ball. Yes. Therefore, in the configuration in which the recess 283 is formed in the partition wall 277, the game ball in the inner opening 278 is prevented from moving to the outer opening 279 when the front door frame 14 is closed.

  Next, the second ball clogging suppressing structure of the lower dish passage will be described.

  A ball retracting portion 290 is integrally formed at the upper end portion on the outer opening 279 side of the receiving portion 275 so as to extend outward from the pachinko machine 10. That is, the ball retracting portion 290 is aligned with the outer opening portion 279 on the left and right sides on the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14 with respect to the outer opening portion 279. The ball retracting portion 290 is dish-shaped so that one game ball can be sufficiently placed, and the bottom portion 290a is below the open upper surface portion of the outer opening portion 279 and the bottom portion of the outer opening portion 279. Is above. However, the ball retracting portion 290 is formed so that the game ball that has passed through the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 is not placed when the front door frame 14 is closed. That is, the distance between the bottom part 290a of the ball retracting part 290 and the side wall part of the inner frame side passage unit 121 is less than the diameter of the game ball. The distance is preferably less than the radius of the game ball.

  The bottom part 290 a of the ball retracting part 290 is inclined downward toward the outer opening part 279, and the ball retracting part 290 communicates with the outer opening part 279. In addition, as described above, the receiving portion 275 is located behind the rotation shaft 282 of the front door frame 14, and the inner frame side lower dish passage is in the rotation range of the ball retracting portion 290 when the front door frame 14 is opened. A part of the lower region of the portion 263 is included.

  As described above, the ball retracting portion 290 is provided and the rotation range thereof is set as described above, so that the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the inner frame side lower tray are set when the opening of the front door frame 14 is started. Even if there is a game ball at a position near the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 (position B3 in FIG. 21), which is a boundary portion with the passage portion 263, the game ball can be retracted to the ball retracting portion 290. . In other words, the game ball at that position hits the front-side passage wall 265 of the inner-frame side passage unit 121 during the opening operation of the front door frame 14, and is pushed toward the ball retraction portion 290. Is done. Therefore, the occurrence of clogging of the balls is suppressed, and the opening operation of the front door frame 14 can be performed smoothly. Further, since the bottom 290a of the ball retracting portion 290 is inclined downward toward the outer opening 279 as described above, the game ball retreated to the ball retracting portion 290 enters the outer opening 279 by its own weight.

<Foul ball passage 118>
Next, the foul ball passage 118 will be described.

  In the front door side passage unit 45, as shown in FIG. 15 and the like, a foul ball passage forming portion 281 that forms a foul ball passage 118 is formed integrally with the receiving portion 275 and the front door side passage forming portion 276. ing. The foul ball passage forming portion 281 is provided inside the bent portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286 in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, and has a recovery port 281a opened upward. ing. Note that the upper edge of the recovery port 281a is lower than the upper surface 287a of the upper wall 287 of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285.

  The recovery port 281a of the foul ball passage forming portion 281 is located between the launch rail 112 of the game ball launch mechanism 110 and the inner and outer rails 101 and 102 of the game board 60a in a state where the front door frame 14 is closed to the inner frame 13. Is located. Therefore, a return ball that is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 but does not reach the game area and flows backward through the guide rail 100 constituted by the inner and outer rails 101 and 102 is returned from the recovery port 281a to the foul ball passage forming unit 281. Get inside.

  The game balls that have entered the foul ball passage forming portion 281 are discharged to the lower plate 34 through the foul ball passage 118 formed in the foul ball passage forming portion 281. The foul ball passage 118 has a passage width and passage height that are slightly larger than one game ball, and a plurality of game balls are arranged in the passage width direction, and a plurality of game balls are located at intermediate positions. Are prevented from stacking. Further, the foul ball passage 118 has an outlet 118a at the end opposite to the receiving port 275 side in the front door side passage unit 45 with the recovery port 281a as an inlet (see FIG. 14). The outlet 118 a communicates with the second ball inlet 34 b of the lower plate 34. Here, the second ball inlet 34b is a ball outlet of the ball discharge passage 242 from the upper plate 33 to the lower plate 34 as already described. That is, the foul ball passage 118 merges with the ball removal passage 242 on the downstream side, and the foul ball passage 118 and the ball removal passage 242 have the same ball outlet in the lower plate 34.

  As described above, the sphere outlet of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is a first sphere inlet 34 a formed separately from the second sphere inlet 34 b in the lower dish 34. That is, the foul ball path 118 is provided separately from the front door side lower dish path part 273, and the game ball introduced into the foul ball path 118 is different from the game ball passing through the front door side lower dish path part 273. It is discharged to the lower tray 34 by a completely different route. Here, in the lower plate 34, the second ball inlet 34b is formed at a position shifted in the left-right direction with respect to the first ball inlet 34a. More specifically, the foul ball passage 118 is formed to extend outward (laterally) as viewed in the game ball flow direction from the downstream side of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, and this extended distance. Therefore, the second sphere inlet 34b is shifted laterally with respect to the first sphere inlet 34a. Thereby, in the case where the game ball that has passed through the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 and the game ball that has passed through the foul ball passage 118 are simultaneously discharged to the lower tray 34, it is avoided that these two game balls collide with each other. Is done. When these game balls collide, there is a possibility that the game balls will jump out of the lower plate 34 due to the rebound of each other, but the risk of such jumping out is reduced by avoiding the collision of both game balls as described above. ing.

  As shown in FIG. 15, the foul sphere passage 118 extends in the left-right direction from the recovery port 281a toward the opposite side of the second sphere inlet 34b, and is then folded back via the folded portion 118b. Extends in the left-right direction. Thereby, the passage length of the foul ball passage 118 is ensured to be long, and the number of game balls that can stand by in the foul ball passage 118 can be increased as much as possible. Further, as described above, the foul ball passage 118 is formed so as to extend outward (laterally) as viewed in the game ball flow downward direction from the downstream side of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, thereby lowering the lower side. In the configuration in which the first sphere inlet 34a and the second sphere inlet 34b are shifted in the left-right direction by the dish 34, the path length of the foul ball path 118 can be secured as long as possible. Note that an impact absorbing member such as a sponge member may be applied to the bottom surface of the foul ball passage 118 and the region opened upward by the recovery port 281a. By providing the impact absorbing member, it is possible to absorb the impact of the return sphere falling from above on the foul ball passage 118.

  The foul ball path 118 is located above the front door side lower dish path part 273, the front-rear direction area of the pachinko machine 10 occupied by the foul ball path 118, and the front and rear sides of the pachinko machine 10 occupied by the front door side lower dish path part 273. It overlaps with the direction area. Thus, in the configuration in which the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the foul ball passage 118 are provided in the front door side passage unit 45, the size of the front door side passage unit 45 is reduced, that is, the front door side passage unit 45 is compact. Is achieved. Further, the foul ball passage 118 is formed so that at least a part thereof is along the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. Also from this point, the size of the front door side passage unit 45 is reduced, that is, the front door side passage unit 45 is made compact.

<Ball receiving structure>
Next, the ball receiving structure when the front door frame 14 is opened will be described.

  The opening and closing of the front door frame 14 may be performed when the upper plate 33 is full. In this case, when the front door frame 14 is opened and closed while the inner opening 278 of the receiving portion 275 is filled with game balls, the game balls in the inner opening 278 are caused by vibrations or the like at the time of opening and closing. There is a possibility that the heel part 275a may get on and fall off. On the other hand, a ball receiving structure for the zero sphere is provided.

  This ball receiving structure is provided in the front door side passage forming portion 276 of the front door side passage unit 45. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 15 to 17, the ball receiving structure is formed on the upper side passage portion 284 of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the upper wall 287 of the vertical passage portion 285 in the front door side passage forming portion 276. Is provided.

  The upper wall 287 passes through the lower side of the inner opening 278 in the receiving portion 275 and is gently inclined downward in the direction of the game ball flow in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. Further, the upper wall 287 is arranged side by side with respect to the inner opening 278 in a plan view. That is, it can be said that the upper wall 287 extends from the position below the inner opening 278 to the rotating front end side of the front door frame 14.

  At the rear side end portion of the pachinko machine 10 in the upper wall 287, a ridge portion 288 that is erected from the upper surface 287a and extends in the left-right direction is integrally formed. Further, a plate-like portion 271 of the front door side passage unit 45 is provided at the front side end portion of the pachinko machine 10 on the upper wall 287. With this configuration, a ball receiving passage 289 is formed between the protrusion 288 and the plate-like portion 271 on the upper surface 287 a of the upper wall 287.

  Since the upper wall 287 is formed as described above, the ball receiving passage 289 extends from the lower side of the inner opening 278 in the receiving portion 275 toward the rotating front end side of the front door frame 14. It has a downward slope toward the moving tip. Here, as described above, the foul ball passage forming portion 281 is provided inside the bent portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286 in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, and the foul ball passage forming portion is provided. The upper edge of the opening of 281 is located lower than the upper surface 287a of the upper wall 287. That is, there is a foul ball passage forming portion 281 at the tip of the ball receiving passage 289, and the upper edge of the opening of the foul ball passage forming portion 281 is lower than the ball receiving passage 289. Therefore, the ball receiving passage 289 communicates with the foul ball passage forming portion 281, and further communicates with the foul ball passage 118.

  Since the ball receiving passage 289 is provided as described above, even if the game ball spills from the inner opening 278 due to vibration or the like when the front door frame 14 is opened or closed, the game ball is retained in the ball receiving passage 289. Received by. The received game ball flows down the ball receiving passage 289 to be introduced into the foul ball passage forming portion 281, and is discharged to the lower plate 34 through the foul ball passage 118. Thereby, the spilling ball can be discharged to the lower tray 34 without being scattered in the game hall or the like.

  In particular, it is considered that the falling ball is dropped from the inner opening 278 to the rotating front end side of the front door frame 14 due to the centrifugal force when the front door frame 14 is rotated. In this case, as described above, the ball receiving passage 289 is provided so as to extend from the lower side of the inner opening 278 to the rotation tip side, so that the ball receiving passage 289 can easily receive a spilled ball. Even if the game ball falls from the inner opening 278 to the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14, the falling ball is received by the outer opening 279.

  As described above, the receiving portion 275 is provided with the ball retracting portion 290. Therefore, even when the front door frame 14 is opened and closed, even if the falling ball falls from the outer opening 279 to the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14, the falling ball can be received by the ball retracting portion 290. From this point, the ball retracting portion 290 has not only a function as a ball clogging suppressing structure but also a function as a ball receiving structure. Further, when a spilling ball falls from the outer opening 279 to the front end of the front door frame 14, the spilling ball is received by the inner opening 278.

<Lower speaker unit 30>
Next, the lower speaker unit 30 will be described with reference to FIGS. 9, 12, 14 to 16, and the like.

  As described above, in addition to the lower speaker 30a and the speaker cover 250, the lower speaker unit 30 transmits the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a to the front door side lower dish passage unit 273 and the first bulb entrance. There is an enclosure 331 for discharging to the front of the pachinko machine through 34a. As shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the enclosure 331 includes an air chamber 332 that houses a rear portion of the lower speaker 30 a in addition to the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the first ball inlet 34 a, and a lower speaker. The sound passage 333 guides the sound output from the air chamber 30a into the air chamber 332 to the front door lower tray passage portion 273. The enclosure 331 (first ball inlet 34a) corresponds to a sound emitting unit that emits sound in front of the pachinko machine.

  In the front door side passage unit 45, the front door side upper dish passage portion 272 and the foul ball passage 118 are not included in the enclosure 331. Further, the front door side lower dish passage part 273 forms a lower dish path together with the inner frame side lower dish path part 263 and the back pack side lower dish path part 259, but in this embodiment, the entire area of the lower dish path Is not included in the enclosure 331, but only the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is included in the enclosure 331 among the lower dish passages. That is, the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 and the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 are not included in the enclosure 331.

  The air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are included in the front door side passage unit 45 together with the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the like, and do not overlap with the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10. Is arranged. The air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are spaces defined by the connecting plate 274c between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b in the same manner as the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. Here, if the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are collectively referred to as a sound guide path for guiding the sound output rearward from the lower speaker 30a to the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the front door side passage unit is referred to. 45 has a sound guide path forming part 334 that forms a sound guide path in addition to the front door side path forming part 276 and the foul ball path forming part 281. In addition, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are spaces having a rectangular cross section due to being partitioned by the connection plate 274c in the pair of base plates 274a and 274b, like the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. It has become.

  The sound guide path forming part 334 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole, and is disposed below the receiving part 275 and on the side of the foul ball path forming part 281. Specifically, it is arranged below the upper horizontal passage portion 284 of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and on the side of the vertical passage portion 285. The sound guide path forming portion 334 is adjacent to the front door side passage forming portion 276 along the back surface of the base frame 231, and the upper end and one side end thereof are connected to the front door side passage forming portion 276.

  As shown in FIGS. 9 and 12, in the front door frame 14, the lower speaker 30 a is fixed to the base frame 231 while being inserted into the lower opening 231 a of the base frame 231 as described above. In this case, the front surface portion of the lower speaker 30a is hooked on the front surface of the base frame 231, and the back surface portion protrudes to the back surface side of the base frame 231 through the lower opening 231a. The front door side passage unit 45 is disposed at a position where the air chamber 332 overlaps the lower speaker 30a in the front-rear direction.

  In the sound guide path forming portion 334, the front base plate 274a of the pair of base plates 274a and 274b is provided with a speaker opening 336 that opens the air chamber 332 toward the base frame 231, and the lower speaker is provided. The rear portion of 30a is in a state of entering the air chamber 332 through the speaker opening 336. The projecting dimension of the lower speaker 30a from the front base plate 274a is smaller than the separation rejection (the thickness dimension of the air chamber 332) between the front base plate 274a and the rear base plate 274b. The back portion is spaced forward from the rear base plate 274b.

  In this case, the lower speaker 30 a is not fixed directly to the front door side passage unit 45 but is indirectly fixed via the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14. In this case, the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 are firmly fixed to the base frame 231 in an independent state.

  Returning to the description of FIGS. 15 and 16, the sound passage 333 is provided below the upper horizontal passage portion 284 in the folded state in the front door side passage unit 45. The sound passage 333 communicates the front door side lower dish passage part 273 and the air chamber 332, and is disposed between the front door side lower dish passage part 273 and the air chamber 332. In this case, the sound passage 333 is adjacent to both the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the air chamber 332, whereas the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 are not adjacent to each other. The sound passage 333 is partitioned by the connecting plate 274c with respect to both the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the air chamber 332, respectively.

  The front door side passage unit 45 includes an air chamber partition portion 341 that partitions the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333, and a lower tray passage partition portion 342 that partitions the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the sound passage 333. Have. The air chamber partitioning portion 341 and the lower dish passage partitioning portion 342 are each formed by a connecting plate 274c, and extend along the sound transmission direction in the sound passage 333. The lower tray passage partition 342 is disposed on the downstream side of the air chamber partition 341 in the direction in which the output sound from the lower speaker 30a is transmitted from the air chamber 332 to the front door lower tray passage 273. . While the lower dish passage partition 342 is arranged on the inner peripheral side of the sound guide path forming part 334, the air chamber partition part 341 is a boundary part between the front door side path forming part 276 and the sound guide path forming part 334. It extends along.

  The air chamber partitioning portion 341 is provided with an air chamber hole 343 that transmits sound from the air chamber 332 to the sound passage 333. The air chamber hole 343 is a communication hole that communicates the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333, and is disposed at the upstream end of the sound passage 333 in the transmission direction of the output sound from the lower speaker 30a. In the sound passage 333, the portion of the air chamber hole 343 can also be referred to as a throat.

  On the other hand, the lower plate passage partition 342 is provided with a lower plate passage hole 344 that transmits sound from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. The lower tray passage hole 344 is a communication hole that communicates the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the sound passage 333, and is disposed at the downstream end of the sound passage 333. In this case, in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the lower dish passage hole 344 is disposed at a position spaced upstream from the full detection sensor 280 in the flow direction of the game ball. The lower dish passage hole 344 corresponds to a sound intake hole that takes sound into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273.

  In the sound passage 333 as a whole, the cross-sectional area gradually increases from the air chamber hole 343 as the upstream end to the lower dish passage hole 344 as the downstream end. In this case, the depth dimension of the sound passage 333 is the same in the entire area due to the pair of base plates 274a and 274b extending in parallel as in the case of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. On the other hand, the thickness dimension of the sound passage 333 gradually increases as it approaches the lower dish passage hole 344. The sound passage 333 has a portion extending in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10 and a portion extending in the up-down direction. The height dimension of the portion extending in the width direction is set as the thickness dimension and extends in the up-down direction. In the portion, the width dimension is the thickness dimension.

  The sound passage 333 has a plurality of passage portions 351 to 352 extending linearly along the back surface of the base frame 231. Of the passage portions 351 to 352, the first passage portion 351 is arranged on the most upstream side in the sound transmission path from the air chamber 332, and is located downstream from the air chamber hole 343 (opposite to the air chamber 332). It extends toward. The third passage portion 353 is disposed on the most downstream side, and extends from the lower dish passage hole 344 toward the upstream side (air chamber 332 side). The second passage portion 352 is disposed at an intermediate position of the sound passage 333, and connects the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion.

  The first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352 extend along the air chamber 332, and are partitioned from the air chamber 332 by the air chamber partition portion 341. The first passage portion 351 is disposed on the side of the air chamber 332 and extends upward from the air chamber hole 343 disposed in the lower portion of the air chamber 332. The second passage portion 352 is disposed above the air chamber 332 and extends from the upper end portion (downstream end portion) of the first passage portion 351 toward the side along the upper side of the air chamber 332.

  Here, the air chamber partitioning portion 341 includes a first portion 341a extending in the vertical direction along the first passage portion 351 and a second portion extending in the width direction of the air chamber 332 along the second passage portion 352. Part 341b, and air chamber hole 343 penetrates the lower end of first part 341a. In the air chamber partitioning portion 341, the first portion 341a partitions the air chamber 332 and the first passage portion 351 left and right, and the second portion 341b vertically separates the air chamber 332 and the second passage portion 352. Partitioning.

  The third passage portion 353 extends along the upper horizontal passage portion 284 of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and is partitioned from the upper horizontal passage portion 284 by the lower plate passage partition portion 342. The third passage portion 353 is disposed below the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and extends laterally from the downstream end of the second passage portion 352 along the upper side of the second passage portion 352. In this case, the third passage portion 353 is overlaid on the second passage portion 352, and is partitioned from the second passage portion 352 by the sound passage partition portion 355. The sound passage partitioning portion 355 is formed by the connecting plate 274 c and extends along the boundary portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353. In this case, the sound passage partitioning portion 355 forms a floor portion of the third passage portion 353.

  Here, the lower tray passage partition 342 includes a horizontal portion 342a extending along the upper horizontal passage portion 284 of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, and a vertical portion 342b extending along the vertical passage portion 285. have. The horizontal portion 342a extends along the boundary between the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the third passage portion 353, thereby partitioning the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the third passage portion 353 vertically. A floor portion of the horizontal passage portion 284 and a ceiling portion of the third passage portion 353 are formed. The vertical portion 342b extends along the boundary between the vertical passage portion 285, the first passage portion 351, and the third passage portion 353, so that the vertical passage portion 285, the first passage portion 351, and the third passage portion. 353 is divided into left and right.

  The lower dish passage hole 344 is formed in the vertical portion 342 b of the lower dish passage partition 342. The sound passage partition portion 355 extends from the vertical portion 342b toward the opposite side of the vertical passage portion 285, and the lower plate passage hole 344 extends in the vertical direction so that the horizontal portion 342a and the sound passage partition portion 355 are formed. It is stretched over. The lower plate passage hole 344 extends downward from the horizontal portion 342a below the horizontal portion 342a, and the game ball flowing down from the upper horizontal passage portion 284 to the vertical passage portion 285 is passed through the lower plate passage hole 344. Move away. In this case, the lower tray passage hole 344 extends downward from the downstream end of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, and the position where the game ball flowing down the front door lower tray passage portion 273 is difficult to contact, that is, The game balls are arranged at positions separated from the flow path of the game balls. Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is disposed at the separated position, a suppression mechanism that suppresses the outflow of the game ball from the lower dish passage hole 344 is configured.

  The lower dish passage hole 344 is disposed at a position where at least a part of the lower dish passage hole 344 overlaps with the straight portion of the vertical passage portion 285 in the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. Here, in the front door side passage unit 45, a side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 is formed by a pair of base plates 274 a and 274 b and a connecting plate 274 c, and the lower dish passage hole 344 is formed on a side surface of the vertical passage portion 285. Of the portions, the portions are arranged at portions formed by the connecting plate 274c.

  In the sound passage 333, each linear portion of the passage portions 351 to 353 has a tapered shape that is gradually thickened toward the downstream side. In this case, in each linear portion of the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end portion of the second passage portion 352 is the same as the cross-sectional area of the downstream end portion of the first passage portion 351. Or larger. Further, in each straight line portion of the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end portion of the third passage portion 353 is equal to or larger than the cross-sectional area of the second passage portion 352. Yes.

  The sound passage 333 is bent along the back surface of the base frame 231 and has a plurality of sound bent portions 357 as the bent portions. The sound bending portion 357 is formed in each of a connection portion between the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352 and a connection portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, and the lower speaker 30a. It is possible to attenuate the mid-high range of the sound that is output from and passes through the sound path 333. Note that the sound bending portion 357 corresponds to the sound corner portion. Further, in the connection portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, the sound bend portion 357 corresponds to a folded portion where the third passage portion 353 is folded back with respect to the second passage portion 352.

  In addition, the cross-sectional area of each sound bending part 357 is substantially the same as the cross-sectional area of the passage parts 351 to 353 adjacent to each other in the vertical direction. For example, in the connection portion between the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352, the sectional area of the sound bending portion 357 is equal to the sectional area of the downstream end portion of the straight portion of the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352. Is substantially the same as the cross-sectional area of the upstream end portion of the straight portion. In addition, in the connection portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, the sectional area of the sound bending portion 357 is equal to the sectional area of the downstream end portion of the straight portion of the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353. Is substantially the same as the cross-sectional area of the upstream end portion of the straight portion.

<Regulating member 363>
The lower dish passage hole 344 has a size and a shape into which a game ball can enter. Specifically, the cross-sectional area of the lower dish passage hole 344 is the same as or larger than the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the third passage portion 353, and the cross-sectional area of the vertical passage portion 285 is lower. The cross-sectional area of the dish passage hole 344 is the same as or larger than that. For this reason, in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, there is a concern that game balls flowing down the vertical passage portion 285 and game balls accumulated in the vertical passage portion 285 may enter the sound passage 333 through the lower dish passage hole 344. The

  Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 14 to 16, the front door side passage unit 45 includes a regulating member 363 as an outflow regulating portion that regulates the outflow of game balls from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333. Have. The restricting member 363 is an opening / closing body provided so as to be openable and closable with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344. The lower member passage hole 344 is opened when the restriction member 363 is open, and the lower dish passage hole 344 is opened when the restriction member 363 is closed. Is closed.

  The regulating member 363 is made of a plate material and can block transmission of sound in the air. When the regulating member 363 is in the closed state, the sound path 333 is closed from the front door side lower dish path part 273 side, so that the game ball from the front door side lower dish path part 273 to the sound path 333 is reduced. While restricting outflow, the transmission of sound from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is restricted. For this reason, the closed state of the restriction member 363 corresponds to the restriction state for each of the outflow of game balls and the transmission of sound. In addition to the fact that the lower tray passage hole 344 is disposed on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, the regulating member 363 constitutes a suppression mechanism that suppresses the outflow of game balls from the lower tray passage hole 344. ing.

  The restricting member 363 is pivotally supported with respect to the base plates 274a and 274b so as to open and close by rotating. The restricting member 363 is provided in a state of being spanned between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b, and the rotation shaft thereof extends in the direction in which the base plates 274a and 274b are arranged (the thickness direction of the front door side passage unit 45). ing. In the restricting member 363, a rotation shaft is disposed at one end thereof, and the rotation shaft is disposed side by side at the downstream end portion of the lower dish passage partition 342.

  When the restriction member 363 is in the closed state, the end on which the rotation shaft is disposed is the upper end, and extends downward from the upper end. In this case, the regulating member 363 covers the lower dish passage hole 344 from the vertical passage portion 285 side in a state where the rotation tip end portion (lower end portion) is arranged side by side at the downstream end portion of the sound passage partition portion 355. Therefore, the sound passage 333 is closed from the downstream side.

  A concave portion 364 that is recessed toward the sound passage partition portion 355 is formed at the upper end portion of the vertical portion 342 b of the lower dish passage partition portion 342. When the restricting member 363 is in the closed state, the turning tip of the restricting member 363 enters the concave portion 364 from the longitudinal passage portion 285 side, whereby the restricting member 363 is placed on the longitudinal passage portion 285 side. It is designed not to protrude. In this case, in the restricting member 363, the plate surface on the vertical passage portion 285 side is in a state of being continuous with the inner peripheral surface of the vertical passage portion 285 (the surface on the vertical passage portion 285 side of the vertical portion 342b). Thereby, it is suppressed that the flowing-down mode of the game ball in the vertical passage portion 285 changes due to the presence of the regulating member 363 in the closed state.

  In addition, the restriction member 363 is configured such that the tip end portion of the restriction member 363 is caught in the recess 364 from the longitudinal passage portion 285 side so that the tip end portion does not enter the sound passage 333. For this reason, for example, even when the game balls are piled up in the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the vertical passage portion 285 when the lower plate 34 is full, the regulating member 363 is pushed by the game balls and rotates toward the sound passage 333 side. It is possible to prevent the lower dish passage hole 344 from being opened by moving.

  When the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state among the open states, the restricting member 363 is in a non-restricted state that does not restrict the passage of the game ball and sound through the lower dish passage hole 344. In this case, the restricting member 363 extends from the end portion having the rotation shaft toward the side opposite to the lateral portion 342a of the lower dish passage partition 342, and is disposed at a position overlapping the extension line of the lateral portion 342a. Has been. For this reason, the transmission of the sound from the sound passage 333 to the lower plate 34 through the vertical passage portion 285 is not blocked by the restriction member 363. Note that the position when the regulating member 363 is in the fully open state corresponds to the partition position.

  Further, the regulating member 363 has the same thickness dimension as that of the lateral portion 342a. For this reason, the upper surface and the lower surface of the restricting member 363 are disposed on the extended lines of the upper surface and the lower surface of the lateral portion 342a. In this case, in the restriction member 363 in the fully open state, the upper surface forms a surface continuous with the passage surface 284a of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 (the upper surface of the horizontal portion 342a), and the lower surface thereof is the ceiling of the third passage portion 353. A continuous surface is formed on the surface (the lower surface of the lateral portion 342a).

  Further, the restricting member 363 extends in the width direction of the vertical passage portion 285 when in the fully open state, and is in a partitioned state in which the vertical passage portion 285 is partitioned vertically. In this case, the restricting member 363 restricts the sound transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the vertical passage portion 285 from proceeding to the upstream side (upper horizontal passage portion 284 side), while the downstream side (lower horizontal passage portion 286 side). ) Is not regulated. For this reason, when the regulating member 363 is in the partitioning state, the direction of sound transmission from the sound passage 333 is limited to the lower plate 34 side. In this case, the regulating member 363 is disposed at a position overlapping the flow path of the game ball flowing down the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. The regulating member 363 corresponds to a partition body in addition to the outflow regulating portion and the opening / closing body.

  Incidentally, even when the restricting member 363 is in the open state, if the opening degree with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 is large enough to restrict the outflow of game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344, the game balls to the sound passage 333 are It will be in the regulation state which regulates outflow. Moreover, if the opening degree is a magnitude | size which controls the transmission of the sound of the front door side lower tray channel | path part 273, it will be in the control state which controls the transmission of the sound to the front door side lower tray channel | path part 273. .

  The front door side passage unit 45 includes an urging member that urges the restricting member 363 to a fully opened state. The biasing member is a torsion spring or the like provided with respect to the rotation shaft of the regulating member 363, and is more than the load applied to the regulating member 363 from the game ball when the gaming ball is placed on the regulating member 363. Has a small biasing force.

  Further, the front door side passage unit 45 includes a rotation stopper 365 that restricts the restriction member 363 from turning from a fully open state (partitioned state) to a direction in which the opening degree is further increased. The rotation stopper 365 is a convex portion that protrudes inward from the inner peripheral surface of the front door side passage forming portion 276, and extends along the depth direction of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. It is in a state of being stretched over the base plates 274a and 274b. The restricting member 363 is held in a fully open state against the urging force of the urging member by the rotation leading end of the restricting member 363 being hooked on the rotation stopper 365 from the downstream side. The rotation stopper 365 is disposed on the opposite side of the lower plate passage partitioning portion 342 across the vertical passage portion 285 on the upstream side of the lower plate passage hole 344. In this case, the rotation stopper 365 is arranged at a position higher than the downstream end of the lower dish passage partitioning portion 342 in the vertical passage portion 285, so that the game ball flowing down the vertical passage portion 285 becomes a flow-down path. It is arranged in a position that does not overlap.

  Since the regulating member 363 in the partitioning state is caught by the rotation stopper 365 from the downstream side, for the purpose of illegally paying out the game ball from the payout device 222, from the first ball entrance 34a of the lower plate 34. Even if a fraudulent jig such as a wire is inserted into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, it is difficult to push open the restricting member 363 in the fully open state with the fraudulent jig. Can be prevented from reaching. Thereby, it can suppress that a suspicious person receives payout of a game ball illegally.

  When the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state, the lower surface of the restricting member 363 is disposed on the extended line of the ceiling surface of the third passage portion 353 until the unauthorized jig contacts the restricting member 363. Even if it is inserted, it is very difficult for a suspicious person to estimate the position of the boundary between the third passage portion 353 and the longitudinal passage portion 285 from the feel of the unauthorized jig. That is, it can suppress that a suspicious person grasps | ascertains the shape and magnitude | size of the front door side lower dish channel | path part 273. FIG.

  When the game ball is not flowing down from the upper horizontal passage portion 284 to the vertical passage portion 285, the restriction member 363 is held in a fully opened state by the biasing force of the biasing member, while As the game ball flows down to the vertical passage portion 285, the game ball shifts to a non-fully open state (closed state or an open state having a smaller opening than the fully open state) against the urging force of the urging member. When the restricting member 363 is in the non-fully opened state, the sound transmission efficiency from the sound passage 333 to the longitudinal passage portion 285 is lowered due to the presence of the restricting member 363. For this reason, compared with the case where the control member 363 is in a fully open state, the volume of the sound emitted toward the lower plate 34 is reduced.

  As shown in FIG. 14, a restriction driving unit 366 that forcibly closes the restriction member 363 is attached to the restriction member 363. The restriction drive unit 366 is configured to include an electric motor, and has a drive shaft unit 366a that is a shaft of the motor. The restriction drive part 366 is provided on the front side of the front door side passage unit 45 in a state where the drive shaft part 366a penetrates the front base plate 274a. The base frame 231 of the front door frame 14 is provided with a storage portion (not shown) for storing the regulation drive portion 366, and the storage portion includes a recessed portion recessed in a direction away from the front door side passage unit 45. Has been.

  The drive shaft portion 366a of the restriction drive portion 366 is provided with a hook portion such as a cam. When the drive shaft portion 366a rotates with the hook portion hooked on the restriction member 363, the restriction member 363 is fully opened. It is possible to shift from the state to the closed state. Here, the drive shaft portion 366a is not connected to the rotation shaft of the restricting member 363, but the hook portion can be hooked on the restricting member 363, so that the game is placed on the restricting member 363 in the fully opened state. When the ball is placed, only the restricting member 363 rotates even if the drive shaft portion 366a of the restricting drive portion 366 does not rotate. That is, it is not configured such that the load of the game ball rotates the drive shaft portion 366a in addition to the regulating member 363. In this case, since the regulating member 363 is easily rotated by a small external force such as a load from the game ball, the regulating member 363 performs the closing operation even though the game ball is placed on the regulating member 363 in the fully opened state. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of the situation of not performing.

<Operation of Restricting Member 363>
Next, the operation of the restricting member 363 will be described with reference to FIGS. 16, 22, and 23. FIGS. 22 and 23 are views showing an operation mode of the regulating member 363 in the front door side passage unit 45. In FIG. 22, (a) shows a view when the restricting member 363 is in a fully opened state, and (b) shows a view when the restricting member 363 is closed as the game ball flows down. In FIG. 23, (a) shows a view when the restricting member 363 is in a closed state, and (b) shows a view when a game ball enters the sound path 333.

  As shown in FIGS. 16 and 22A, in the enclosure 331, when the regulating member 363 is in a fully opened state, the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a to the air chamber 332 is transmitted through the sound path 333, It is discharged toward the lower plate 34 through the vertical passage portion 285, the lower horizontal passage portion 286, and the first ball inlet 34a. In this case, the sound reaches the lower plate 34 through the shortest path from the air chamber 332, and in the enclosure 331, the shortest path of the sound passage 333, the vertical passage portion 285, the lower horizontal passage portion 286, and the first ball inlet 34a. If the part which forms a path | route is collectively called the horn area | region 371, the limitation member 363 will form the horn area | region 371 because it is a full open state.

  In the enclosure 331, when the restricting member 363 is in a fully opened state, an area not included in the horn region 371 exists on the upstream side of the restricting member 363, and this region is referred to as a non-horn region 372. For example, the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372 are partitioned by the restricting member 363 in the fully open state. The non-horn region 372 includes a region on the upstream side of the upper side horizontal passage portion 284 and the restriction member 363 in the fully open state in the vertical passage portion 285. The restricting member 363 is disposed at the boundary between the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372 when in the fully open state (when in the partition position).

  When the regulating member 363 is in the closed state, the regulating member 363 partitions the horn region 371 into the sound passage 333 side and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 side. On the other hand, when the restricting member 363 is in an open state such as a fully open state, the restricting member 363 does not partition the horn region 371.

  The horn region 371 has a horn shape in which the cross-sectional area is gradually increased from the upstream end of the sound passage 333 toward the downstream end (lower plate 34) of the first ball inlet 34a. In this case, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end portion of the vertical passage portion 285 of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is the same as or larger than the cross-sectional area of the downstream end portion (lower dish passage hole 344) of the sound passage 333. It has been enlarged. Further, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end portion of the first ball inlet 34a is the same as or larger than the cross-sectional area of the downstream end portion of the lower lateral passage portion 286.

  In the sound passage 333 and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the rate of increase of the cross-sectional area that increases toward the downstream side is made substantially the same, while in the first ball inlet 34a, the downstream side (lower dish) 34) The increase rate of the cross-sectional area that increases toward 34) is made larger than the increase rate of the cross-sectional areas of the sound passage 333 and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. In this case, the horn region 371 is bent by the bent portions 304, 305, and 357, but is a morning glory horn as a whole. In the morning glory type horn, the sound emitted from the downstream end is difficult to diffuse and easily travels forward, so that the sound emitted from the first sphere inlet 34a of the horn region 371 is also forward of the pachinko machine 10. It becomes easy to proceed. For this reason, the structure which makes it easy for a player to hear the sound emitted from the 1st ball | bowl inlet 34a is implement | achieved using the structure which a player can insert a finger in the 1st ball | bowl entrance 34a.

  In addition, in the lower plate 34, the front region 248 is disposed at a position lower than the lower end of the first sphere inlet 34a, so that the sound emitted from the first sphere inlet 34a is blocked by the front region 248. It is hard to occur. For this reason, a configuration that makes it easy for a player to insert a hand into the lower plate 34 and grab the game ball makes it easy for the sound emitted from the first ball entrance 34a to reach the player. doing.

  Further, the horn region 371 is backloaded in the enclosure 331 of the lower speaker unit 30 because the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the sound passage 333 have a plurality of bent portions 304, 305, 357. A horn is formed. For this reason, in the horn region 371, the sound transmitted from the air chamber 332 to the lower plate 34 is easily amplified in the low frequency range and easily attenuated in the middle and high frequency range. As a result, even if the sound output from the front side of the lower speaker 30a is insufficient in the low frequency range, the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a may cause a shortage of the low frequency range. Can be supplemented.

  As shown in FIG. 22B, when the game ball flowing down the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 reaches the restriction member 363 in the fully open state, the restriction member 363 is directed downward by the game ball. When the button is pushed and closed, the game ball shifts to a non-fully open state, whereby the game ball can pass through the boundary between the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372. Even if the regulating member 363 does not shift to the closed state, if the opening of the regulating member 363 with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 is small enough to allow the gaming ball to pass through the vertical passage portion 285, the gaming ball is The boundary between the region 371 and the non-horn region 372 can be passed. The state of the restricting member 363 in this case corresponds to a flow allowance state in which the game ball is allowed to flow down.

  When the regulating member 363 shifts to the non-fully opened state with the passing of the game ball, the sound output from the lower speaker 30a to the air chamber 332 is blocked by the regulating member 363 in the non-fully opened state (lower plate As the opening degree of the restricting member 363 with respect to the passage hole 344 is reduced, it is difficult to be transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. For this reason, when the game ball is intermittently paid out from the payout device 222 to the lower plate 34, the release of the sound to the lower plate 34 is repeatedly restricted by the restriction member 363, and for the player, It sounds like the sound emitted from the door-side lower dish passage portion 273 to the lower dish 34 is repeatedly momentarily interrupted. As described above, the sound audible from the lower plate 34 is interrupted, so that the production by the sound is prevented from being monotonous, or the player can notice that the game ball is discharged to the lower plate 34. It becomes possible.

  Incidentally, when a plurality of game balls flow intermittently in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, there is a possibility that the next game ball will reach the restriction member 363 at a timing before the restriction member 363 returns to the fully open state. There is. In this case, if the regulating member 363 is in the open state even if it is not returned to the fully opened state, the game ball comes into contact with the regulating member 363, and the regulating member 363 is closed again by being pressed by the game ball. Start operation.

  In the front door side lower dish passage part 273, the vertical passage part 285 and the lower horizontal passage part 286 are sufficiently larger in cross-sectional area than the game ball, so that the game ball flows down downstream from the lower dish passage hole 344. Even if there is, the sound taken in from the lower dish passage hole 344 is transmitted to the downstream side through between the game ball and the inner peripheral surface of the front door side passage forming portion 276. For this reason, when the game ball is discharged to the lower plate 34 through the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, it is less likely that the sound emitted from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is blocked by the game ball. ing.

  As shown in FIG. 23A, in the front door side passage unit 45, when the lower plate full is detected by the full detection sensor 280, the restriction drive unit 366 is driven to close the restriction member 363. It is supposed to move to. Here, while the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged in the vertical passage portion 285, the fullness detection sensor 280 is arranged in the lower horizontal passage portion 286 on the downstream side of the vertical passage portion 285. Even in a state where the tray 34 is full and game balls are stacked in the lower horizontal passage portion 286, the restricting member is formed before the stacked game balls reach the lower tray passage hole 344 of the vertical passage portion 285. 363 can be moved to the closed state. For this reason, when the restricting member 363 shifts to the closed state, it is difficult for the game balls stacked on the vertical passage portion 285 to be obstructed. Note that the operation control of the regulating member 363 (the regulating drive unit 366) will be described later.

<Game ball discharge function of sound passage 333>
In the horn region 371, as described above, the outflow of the game ball from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333 is restricted by the restricting member 363. It cannot be said that there is no possibility of flowing out into the passage 333. Therefore, the sound passage 333 is provided with a discharge function for discharging the game ball that has flowed out into the sound passage 333 toward the front door side lower dish passage portion 273.

  As shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 23 (a), in the upper side passage portion 284 and the lower side passage portion 286 of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, each floor surface (pass The road surface is inclined obliquely downward toward the downstream side.

  In particular, the passage surface 284 a of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 is formed by the upper surface of the horizontal portion 342 a of the lower dish passage partition portion 342, and the horizontal portion 342 a is provided in a state inclined toward the lower dish passage hole 344. It is inclined by being. The horizontal portion 342a has a top surface forming a passage surface 284a, and a bottom surface forming a ceiling surface of the third passage portion 353 of the sound passage 333, whereby the ceiling of the third passage portion 353 is formed. The surface and the passage surface 284a of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 extend in parallel.

  Here, in the third passage portion 353, in order to realize a configuration in which the cross-sectional area gradually increases toward the lower dish passage hole 344, the separation distance between the ceiling surface and the floor surface (passage surface 353a) is reduced. It gradually increases toward the dish passage hole 344. As a result, the inclination angle of the passage surface 353a of the third passage portion 353 toward the downstream side of the sound transmission (lower dish passage hole 344) is the upper side toward the downstream side (lower dish passage hole 344) of the game ball flow. It is larger than the inclination angle of the passage surface 284a of the passage portion 284. That is, the inclination angle of the sound passage partition 355 is larger than the inclination angle of the horizontal portion 342a of the lower dish passage partition 342.

  Therefore, even if the game ball enters the third passage portion 353 of the sound passage 333, the inclination of the passage surface 353a of the third passage portion 353 prompts the game ball to flow down toward the lower dish passage hole 344. It is. That is, a configuration that facilitates the discharge of the game ball from the third passage portion 353 is realized using the shape of the third passage portion 353 for constituting the horn region 371. Moreover, since the regulating member 363 is normally in a fully open state, the game ball in the third passage portion 353 can flow down from the lower dish passage hole 344 to the vertical passage portion 285 after reaching the lower dish passage hole 344. The restriction member 363 is difficult to prevent. Further, as described above, since the lower dish passage hole 344 extends upward from the sound passage partition 355, the discharge of the game ball from the third passage part 353 causes the vertical portion 342b of the lower dish passage partition 342 to be discharged. It is not regulated by

<Electrical configuration>
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described based on the block diagram of FIG.

  A main MPU 402 is mounted on a main control board 401 provided in the main controller 162. The main MPU 402 includes a ROM 403 storing various control programs executed by the main MPU 402 and fixed value data, and a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control program stored in the ROM 403. RAM 404 and an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, various counter circuits as a random number generator, and the like. Note that a part of the functions of the main MPU 402, for example, the function of the ROM 403 and the function of the RAM 404 may be provided as separate elements.

  The main MPU 402 is provided with an input port and an output port. On the input side of the main MPU 402, a power failure monitoring board 405 provided in the main control device 162, a payout control device 181 and various detection sensors are connected. In this case, a power / fire control device 191 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 405, and power is supplied to the main MPU 402 via the power failure monitoring board 405.

  Although not shown, the main MPU 402 includes, as part of various detection sensors, a winning detection sensor for the general winning opening 61, a winning detection sensor for the upper working opening 62, and a winning detection sensor for the lower working opening 63. A winning detection sensor for the variable winning device 64 and a winning detection sensor for the through gate 65 are connected, and the main MPU 402 of the main control device 162 performs a winning determination (a winning determination) for each winning portion. In addition, the main MPU 402 executes a lottery occurrence lottery based on winning at the upper working port 62 and the lower working port 63 and also executes support generation lottery based on a winning at the through gate 65.

  On the output side of the main MPU 402, a power failure monitoring board 405, a payout control device 181 and a notification / effect control device 143 are connected. For example, a payout ball command is output to the payout control device 181 based on a winning determination result to the winning-corresponding winning portion. In this case, when outputting the prize ball command, the command information storage area of the ROM 403 is referred to. When the winning to the general winning opening 61 is specified, a winning ball command corresponding to the payout of 10 gaming balls is output, and when the winning to the variable winning device 64 is specified, 15 gaming balls are output. When the winning ball command corresponding to the payout of the game is output and the winning to the upper working port 62 is specified, the winning ball command corresponding to the payout of the three game balls is output, and the winning to the lower operating port 63 is awarded. When specified, a prize ball command corresponding to the payout of four game balls is output.

  Various commands such as a change command, a change end command, an opening command, and an ending command are output to the notification / production control device 143. In this case, the command information storage area of the ROM 403 is referred to when these various commands are output. Each command is configured as information of a predetermined number of bytes, and various information is included as information of the predetermined number of bytes. In particular, in the command for change as a command for game times, whether the regulation drive unit 366 is operated as the various information, in addition to information on the game result of each game time and information on the display time of change of each game time. Contains information about whether or not.

  Further, on the output side of the main MPU 402, an accessory driving unit that drives the electric accessory 71 associated with the lower operation port 63, a variable ball driving unit that drives the opening / closing door of the variable winning device 64, and a main display unit 81. Is connected. The main control board 401 is provided with various driver circuits, and the main MPU 402 performs drive control of various drive units and the like through the driver circuits.

  That is, in the opening / closing execution mode, the main MPU 402 performs drive control of the variable winning driving unit in the variable winning device 64 so that the large winning opening of the variable winning device 64 is opened and closed. In addition, when the lower operating port 63 is in the open state winning (support winning), the main MPU 402 performs drive control of the accessory driving unit of the electric accessory 71 so that the electric accessory 71 is opened and closed. The In each game round, display control of the main display unit 81 is executed in the main MPU 402.

  Furthermore, an external terminal plate 213 is connected to the output side of the main MPU 402. The external terminal plate 213 is provided with a jackpot signal output terminal or the like as an output terminal for outputting a signal upon state transition. When the main MPU 402 results in a jackpot result, the main MPU 402 can output a jackpot signal to the management control device on the game hall side through the jackpot signal output terminal. Specifically, in a normal time, a LOW level signal is output from the jackpot signal output terminal, and when a jackpot result is obtained, an HI level signal is output. The output mode of this signal may be reversed.

  The power failure monitoring board 405 relays between the main control board 401 and the power / fire control device 191, and monitors the DC stable voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power / fire control device 191.

  The payout control device 181 performs payout control of prize balls and rental balls by the payout device 222 based on the prize ball command input from the main control device 162. A fullness detection sensor 280 is connected to the payout control device 181, and the payout control device 181 can determine whether or not the lower pan is full by receiving a detection signal from the fullness detection sensor 280. It has become.

  The power supply / launch control device 191 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game hall or the like. Then, based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, necessary operating power is generated for each of the main control board 401 and the payout control device 181 and the generated operating power is supplied through a predetermined power path. To do. The power supply / launch control device 191 is responsible for launch control of the game ball launch mechanism 110, and the game ball launch mechanism 110 is driven when predetermined launch conditions are met.

<About various counters>
Next, an electrical configuration for performing various lotteries in the main MPU 402 of the main controller 162 will be described with reference to FIG.

  The main MPU 402 uses various counter information in the game to perform jackpot occurrence lottery, display setting of the main display unit 81, setting of symbol display of the symbol display device 75, and the like. As shown, a jackpot random number counter C1 used for lottery occurrence lottery, a jackpot type counter C2 used for determining the jackpot type, and the presence or absence of reach occurrence and a reach random number counter used for sorting the types C3, a random number initial value counter CINI used for setting an initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and a variation type counter CS for determining a variation display time in the main display unit 81 and the symbol display device 75 are used. Furthermore, the counter C4 for an electric accessory used for the lottery for determining whether or not the electric accessory 71 of the lower working port 63 is in an electric utility open state is used.

  Each of the counters C1 to C4, CINI, and CS is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer 421 set in a predetermined area of the RAM 404. Among these, in the lottery counter buffer 421, information corresponding to the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 is acquired in the RAM 404 when a winning to the upper operating port 62 or the lower operating port 63 occurs. It is stored in a holding ball storage area 422 provided as information storage means.

  The holding ball storage area 422 includes a holding area RE including a holding area Ra for the first result display section and a holding area Rb for the second result display section, and an execution area AE. The reserved areas Ra and Rb include first areas Ra1 and Rb1, second areas Ra2 and Rb2, third areas Ra3 and Rb3, fourth areas Ra4 and Rb4, and are connected to the upper working port 62 or the lower working port 63. In accordance with the winning history, the numerical information of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 stored in the lottery counter buffer 421 is used as holding information, and any one of the areas Ra1 to Ra4, Rb1 to Rb4 Stored in Note that the hold information corresponds to special information.

  In this case, in the first area Ra1, Rb1 to the fourth area Ra4, Rb4, when the winning to the upper working port 62 or the lower working port 63 is continuously generated a plurality of times, the first areas Ra1, Rb1 → first Each numerical information is stored in time series in the order of 2 area Ra2, Rb2 → third area Ra3, Rb3 → fourth area Ra4, Rb4. Thus, by providing each of the four areas Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 to Rb4, a maximum of four game balls winning histories to the upper working port 62 or the lower working port 63 are held and stored. It has become. The reserved ball storage area 422 is provided with a total number-of-holds storage area, and the total number-of-holds storage area is used to specify the number of winning records stored in the upper operating port 62 or the lower operating port 63. To store information.

  Note that the number that can be reserved and stored is not limited to four, but may be any other number such as two, three, or five or more.

  The execution area AE is an area for moving the numerical information stored in the first areas Ra1 and Rb1 of the holding area RE when starting the variable display of the main display unit 81, and starting one game time At this time, determination of success or failure is performed based on various numerical information stored in the execution area AE.

  For details of each counter, the jackpot random number counter C1 is configured such that, for example, 1 is sequentially added within a range of 0 to 599, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to 0. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the jackpot random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 599). The big hit random number counter C <b> 1 is periodically updated and stored in the reserved ball storage area 422 of the RAM 404 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 62 or the lower operation port 63. More specifically, the game result is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 404 at the timing when the game ball is won in the upper operation port 62, and the second result display unit of the RAM 404 is stored in the timing at which the game ball is won in the lower operation port 63. Stored in the reserved area Rb.

  The value of the random number for winning the jackpot is stored as a success / failure table (availability information group) in a success / failure table storage area 411 as a success / failure information group storage means in the ROM 403. Here, the contents of the success / failure table will be described. As the success / failure table, a success / failure table for the low probability mode (low probability success / failure information group) and a high probability mode's success / failure table (high probability success / failure information group) are set. That is, in the present pachinko machine 10, a low probability mode (low probability state) and a high probability mode (high probability state) are set as the lottery mode in the winning lottery means.

  In the gaming state in which the low-probability mode success / failure table is referred to at the time of the lottery, the number of random numbers (that is, the winning information) for winning the jackpot is two. On the other hand, in the gaming state in which the winning table for the high probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery, there are 21 random number values for winning the jackpot. In this case, the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 that wins the jackpot in the situation of the low probability mode is included in the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 that wins the jackpot in the situation of the high probability mode.

  If the winning probability of the high probability mode is higher than that of the low probability mode, the number and value of the random numbers to be won are arbitrary, and the jackpot random number to be a big win in the situation of the low probability mode The value group of the counter C1 may be configured to include only a part of the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 that wins the jackpot in the situation of the high probability mode, or may not be included.

  In each lottery mode, the lottery result is a result other than the random number value which is a big win.

  Next, the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is configured so that 1 is added in order within a range of 0 to 29, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to 0. The big hit type counter C <b> 2 is periodically updated and stored in the reserved ball storage area 422 of the RAM 404 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 62 or the lower operation port 63. More specifically, the game result is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 404 at the timing when the game ball is won in the upper operation port 62, and the second result display unit of the RAM 404 is stored in the timing at which the game ball is won in the lower operation port 63. Stored in the reserved area Rb.

  Here, in the pachinko machine 10, (1) a winning / no-win lottery mode in the corresponding lottery means after the opening / closing execution mode ends, and (2) a support mode in the electric accessory 71 of the lower working port 63 after the opening / closing execution mode ends. Different types of jackpot results are set by making a difference between the two conditions. As above-mentioned lottery mode, the low probability mode and the high probability mode are set as described above.

  As a support mode, the frequency with which the electric accessory 71 of the lower working port 63 is in an accepting state per unit time when compared in a situation where the game ball is continuously launched in the same manner with respect to the game area PE. The low-frequency support mode (the low-frequency support state or the low-frequency guide state) and the high-frequency support mode (the high-frequency support state or the high-frequency guide state) are set so that is relatively high.

  Specifically, in the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning the electrification accepting state in the electrification lottery using the electrification component counter C4 is the same (for example, both 4/5) However, in the high frequency support mode, the number of times that the electric accessory 71 is in the acceptance state when the electrification acceptance state is won is set more than in the low frequency support mode. The time is set longer. In this case, in the high-frequency support mode, when the electrification acceptance state is won and the electrification state of the electric accessory 71 occurs a plurality of times, the waiting period from the end of one acceptance state until the start of the next acceptance state The time is set to be shorter than a single acceptance time. Furthermore, in the high-frequency support mode, the minimum secured time is set shorter than the low-frequency support mode, after the first lot for the electric component is performed. Has been.

  As described above, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning a prize to the lower operation port 63 is higher than in the low-frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, there is a higher probability of winning the upper operating port 62 than in the lower operating port 63, but in the high frequency support mode, winning in the lower operating port 63 rather than the upper operating port 62. Is likely to occur. When a prize is awarded to the lower operating port 63, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the player plays a game while not reducing the number of possessed balls so much. be able to.

  Note that the configuration for increasing the frequency at which the high frequency support mode is in the state of accepting the power role per unit time as compared to the low frequency support mode is not limited to the above-described configuration, for example, lottery for the electric power item It is good also as a structure which raises the probability that it will be elected in the electric character acceptance state in. Furthermore, increase the number of times of switching to the acceptance state, lengthen the acceptance time, and ensure that the minimum is secured when the next lottery for the electric component is performed after the first lottery for the electric component is performed By shortening the time (that is, shortening the one-time variable display time in the accessory result display section) and increasing the winning probability, it is possible to reduce the time by applying any one condition or any combination of conditions. The advantage of the high frequency support mode over the frequency support mode may be increased.

  The game result distribution destination for the big hit type counter C2 is stored as a distribution table (distribution information group) in a distribution table storage area 412 as a distribution information group storage means in the ROM 403. Then, a normal jackpot result (low probability special game result) and a probability variable jackpot result (high probability special game result) are set as the distribution destinations.

  The normal jackpot result is that the winning lottery mode becomes the low probability mode after the opening / closing execution mode ends, and the support frequency is high until the number of games reaches the end reference number (specifically, 100 times) after the support mode shifts. It is a jackpot result that becomes a mode. After the end reference count has elapsed, the mode shifts to the low frequency support mode.

  The probability variation jackpot result is a jackpot result in which the success / failure lottery mode becomes the high probability mode and the support mode becomes the high frequency support mode after the opening / closing execution mode ends. The high-frequency support mode continues until the lottery result in the winning or failing lottery becomes a big hit state winning and the operation shifts to the opening / closing execution mode.

  In the distribution table, “0 to 9” corresponds to the normal jackpot result, and “10 to 29” corresponds to the probability variation jackpot result, but this numerical distribution is arbitrary. In addition, the distribution destination of the jackpot result is not limited to the above two types. For example, in the opening / closing execution mode, a plurality of modes are set so that the expected value of the game ball is high and the opening / closing execution is performed. It is good also as a structure which increases the type of jackpot result rather than said two types by providing a difference in the mode transfer destination mode.

  For example, the reach random number counter C3 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 238, for example, and reaches a maximum value and then returns to 0. Here, in this pachinko machine 10, an expected effect is set as a kind of display effect in the symbol display device 75. The expected effect means that in the gaming machine in which the variable winning device 64 is in the opening / closing execution mode, in the gaming machine in which the stop result after the variable display is the result of giving, the variable display of the symbol (pattern) on the symbol display device 75 is started. This is a display state for making the player think that the change display state is likely to be the assignment correspondence result before the stop result is derived and displayed.

  The expectation effect includes two types of reach display and a notice display for expecting the occurrence of reach display and the generation of the corresponding result at the stage before the reach display occurs.

  In the reach display, a combination of reach symbols is displayed by displaying symbols for a part of a plurality of symbol sequences displayed on the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75, and the remaining combinations in that state are displayed. A display state in which a variable display of symbols is displayed in the symbol row is included. In addition, in the state where the combination of reach symbols is displayed as described above, the variation of the symbols is displayed in the remaining symbol rows, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image on the background screen. In addition, there are those that perform a reach effect by displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on substantially the entire display screen after reducing or not displaying a combination of reach symbols.

  The notice display includes a plurality of symbol strings in a situation where symbols are variably displayed in all symbol strings after the symbol variable display is started on the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75. In the situation where the symbols are variably displayed in the symbol row, a mode in which the character is displayed separately from the symbols on the symbol row is included. Moreover, what makes a background screen the predetermined aspect different from the previous aspect, and what makes the symbol on a symbol row the predetermined aspect different from the previous aspect are also included. Such a notice display can occur in any game times when reach display is performed and when reach display is not performed, but the case where reach display is performed is higher than the case where reach display is not performed. It is set to occur with probability.

  The reach display is executed regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3 in the game times that shift to the opening / closing execution mode. In the game times that do not shift to the opening / closing execution mode, the reach random number counter C3 acquired at a predetermined timing is referred to the reach table stored in the reach table storage area of the ROM 403 in response to the occurrence of the reach display. It is executed when On the other hand, the determination as to whether or not to perform the notice display is not performed in the main control device 162 but in the notification / production control device 143 or the display control device 170.

  The variation type counter CS is, for example, incremented by 1 within a range of 0 to 198, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The variation type counter CS is used when the main MPU 402 determines the variation display time in the main display unit 81 and the symbol variation display time in the symbol display device 75. The variation type counter CS is updated once every time a normal process to be described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the buffer value of the variation type counter CS is acquired at the time of determining the variation pattern at the start of variation display in the main display unit 81 and at the time of symbol variation start by the symbol display device 75.

  The electric accessory counter C4 is, for example, configured to increment one by one within a range of 0 to 249 and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The electric accessory counter C4 is periodically updated and stored in the electric combination holding area 423 of the RAM 404 at the timing when a game ball wins the through gate 65. At a predetermined timing, a lottery is performed as to whether or not to control the electric accessory 71 of the lower working port 63 to the receiving state based on the stored value of the counter C4 for electric accessory. For example, if C3 = 0 to 199, the electric accessory 71 is controlled to be in an accepted state, and if C3 = 200 to 249, the electric accessory 71 is not controlled to be in an accepted state.

  As described above, in the main MPU 402, the variable display time in the main display unit 81 is determined using at least the buffer value of the variable type counter CS. For the determination, the variable display time table storage area of the ROM 403 is used. It is done. In the main MPU 402, the stop result in the main display unit 81 is determined using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE. A stop result table storage area is used.

<Electric Configuration of Notification / Production Control Device 143 and Display Control Device 170>
With reference to the block diagram of FIG. 24 again, the electrical configuration of the notification / production control device 143 and the display control device 170 will be described.

  The notification / production control device 143 controls the lamp units 26 to 28 and the speakers 29a, 30a provided on the front door frame 14 based on various commands input from the main control device 162.

  The notification / production control device 143 includes a notification / production control board 431 on which a sub MPU 432 is mounted. The sub MPU 432 has a ROM 433 storing various control programs and fixed value data, and a control program stored in the ROM 433. A RAM 434, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the above, is incorporated. The ROM 433 stores sound data for outputting effect sounds, notification sounds, and guidance sounds from the speakers 29 and 30. The sound data is digital data, and is waveform data obtained by sampling actual audible sound or analog data.

  The sub MPU 432 is provided with an input port and an output port. The main control device 162 is connected to the input side of the sub MPU 432 and receives various commands from the main control device 162. To the output side of the sub MPU 432, various lamp units 26 to 28 and speakers 29a and 30a provided on the front door frame 14 are connected and a display control device 170 is connected.

  Further, a regulation drive unit 366 of the front door side passage unit 45 is connected to the output side of the sub MPU 432, and the sub MPU 432 controls the drive of the regulation drive unit 366 based on various commands from the main control device 162. I do. Here, the sub MPU 432 drives the restriction driving unit 366 to forcibly close the restriction member 363, thereby making it difficult for sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a to be emitted to the front of the pachinko machine 10. It becomes possible. For this reason, the sub MPU 432 performs output control for the sound output toward the lower plate 34 by performing drive control of the restriction drive unit 366.

  The display control device 170 includes a display control board 441 on which an MPU 442 is mounted. The MPU 442 includes a program ROM storing various control programs and fixed value data, and a control stored in the program ROM. A work RAM, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the program, is incorporated.

  A symbol display device 75 is connected to the display control board 441. The MPU 442 of the display control device 170 performs display control of the symbol display device 75 based on the command input from the notification / production control device 143. The display control device 170 determines the symbol combination display time for the symbol display device 75 and the symbol combination to be finally stopped and displayed on the basis of various commands input from the main control device 162. Determine the occurrence and reach contents.

<Various processes executed by the main MPU 402>
Next, each process executed in order to advance the game in the main MPU 402 of the main controller 162 will be described. The processing of the main MPU 402 is roughly classified into main processing that is activated when the power is turned on and timer interrupt processing that is periodically activated.

<Main processing>
First, the main process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S101, power-on wait processing is executed. In the power-on wait process, for example, the process waits without progressing to the next process until 1 sec elapses after the main process is activated. In the subsequent step S102, access to the RAM 404 is permitted, and in step S103, the internal function register of the main MPU 402 is set.

  Thereafter, in step S104, it is determined whether or not the RWM deletion switch provided in the power / fire control device 191 is manually operated. In subsequent step S105, whether or not “1” is set in the power failure flag of the RAM 404 is determined. Determine whether. In step S106, a checksum calculation process for calculating a checksum is executed. In subsequent step S107, whether or not the checksum matches the checksum stored when the power is turned off, that is, the validity of the stored data is checked. judge.

  In the pachinko machine 10, for example, when the RWM data is initialized when the power is turned on, such as when the game hall is started, the power is turned on while the RWM erase switch is pressed. Therefore, if the RWM erase switch is pressed, the process proceeds to step S108. Similarly, when the information on occurrence of power shutdown is not set, or when an abnormality of data stored and held is confirmed by the checksum, the process proceeds to step S108. In step S108, the RAM 404 is cleared as initialization of the RAM 404. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S109.

  On the other hand, if the RWM erase switch has not been pressed, “1” is set in the power failure flag and the checksum is normal, and the process of step S109 is not executed without executing the process of step S108. Proceed to In step S109, a power-on setting process is executed. In the power-on setting process, a predetermined area of the RAM 404 such as initialization of a power failure flag is set to an initial value, and a command corresponding to the current gaming state is notified to the notification / effect control device 143 in order to recognize the current gaming state. Send. Also, a payout initialization command indicating that the RWM initialization of the payout control device 181 should be executed is transmitted to the payout control device 181. Furthermore, an interrupt permission is set to permit the generation of timer interrupt processing.

  Then, it progresses to the residual process of step S110-step S113. That is, the main MPU 402 is configured to periodically execute the timer interrupt process, but a remaining time is generated between one timer interrupt process and the next timer interrupt process. The remaining time varies depending on the processing completion time of each timer interrupt process, but the remaining processes in steps S110 to S113 are repeatedly executed using such irregular time. In this regard, it can be said that the remaining processes in steps S110 to S113 are non-periodic processes that are performed irregularly.

  In the remaining process, first, in step S110, an interrupt prohibition setting is performed to prohibit the generation of the timer interrupt process. In the subsequent step S111, a random number initial value update process for updating the random number initial value counter CINI is executed, and a change counter update process for updating the change type counter CS is executed in step S112. In these update processes, the current numerical information is read from the corresponding counter in the RAM 404, the process of adding 1 to the read numerical information is executed, and then the process of overwriting the read-out counter is executed. In this case, each counter value is cleared to “0” when it reaches the maximum value. Thereafter, in step S113, an interrupt permission setting for switching from a state in which the generation of the timer interrupt process is prohibited to a state in which the timer interrupt process is permitted is performed. If the process of step S113 is performed, it will return to step S110 and will repeat the process of step S110-step S113.

<Timer interrupt processing>
Next, timer interrupt processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  Here, a hardware configuration for periodically executing timer interrupt processing in the main MPU 402 will be described. The main control board 401 is provided with a clock circuit as pulse signal output means for outputting a pulse signal at a predetermined cycle, and further divided so as to exist in the middle of the signal path between the clock circuit and the main MPU 402. A circuit is provided.

  The frequency dividing circuit functions as a frequency changing unit that changes the cycle of the pulse signal from the clock circuit, and is configured to output a pulse signal for specifying the start timing of the timer interrupt processing by the main MPU 402. That is, the pulse signal is supplied from the frequency divider circuit to the main MPU 402 at intervals of a specific cycle of 4 msec. The main MPU 402 executes a process for confirming the occurrence of a specific signal form such as the rise or fall of the pulse signal, and activates the timer interrupt process with at least one condition confirming the occurrence of the specific signal form. Run.

  In this case, when the occurrence of the specific signal form is confirmed in the situation where the start of timer interrupt processing is prohibited, the timer is changed when the interrupt is permitted from the state where the interrupt is prohibited. Interrupt processing is started. That is, depending on the execution status of the process in the main MPU 402, the next timer interrupt process may be started after 4.1 msec from the start of the previous timer interrupt process. This timer interrupt process is started after 3.9 msec from the start of the immediately preceding timer interrupt process.

  However, since the output of the pulse signal from the frequency dividing circuit is performed at a specific cycle of 4 msec regardless of the progress of processing in the main MPU 402, the timer interrupt processing is basically started at a specific cycle. Furthermore, the processing configuration of the main MPU 402 is such that even if the timer interrupt process at a predetermined timing is started after a period exceeding a specific period since the previous timer interrupt process was started, The timer interrupt process at the timing absorbs the part exceeding the specific period, and the timer interrupt process at the next timing is set to be started at the timing when the input of the pulse signal is confirmed.

  In the timer interrupt process, first, a power failure information storage process is executed in step S201. In the power outage information storage process, it is monitored whether or not a power outage signal corresponding to the occurrence of the power interruption is received from the power outage monitoring board 405.

  In subsequent step S202, a lottery random number update process is executed. In the lottery random number update process, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are updated. Specifically, after executing the process of sequentially reading the current numerical information from the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4, and adding 1 to each of the read numerical information Then, a process of overwriting the reading source counter is executed. In this case, each counter value is cleared to “0” when it reaches the maximum value.

  Thereafter, in step S203, the random number initial value update process is executed in the same manner as in step S111, and in step S204, the variation counter update process is executed in the same manner as in step S112. In a succeeding step S205, a game stop determination process is executed. In the game stop determination process, it is monitored whether or not the progress of the game is to be stopped. If the progress of the game is to be stopped, the execution of the process for progressing the game is stopped.

  Thereafter, in step S206, it is determined whether or not the progress of the game is stopped, and the processing after step S207 is executed on the condition that the progress of the game is not stopped.

  In step S207, port output processing is executed. In the port output process, when output information is set in the previous timer interrupt process, a process for performing output corresponding to the output information to the variable winning device 64 and the electric accessory 71 is executed. For example, when the information for switching the big winning opening of the variable winning device 64 to the open state is set, the output of the drive signal to the variable winning device 64 is started and the information to be switched to the closed state is set. In this case, the output of the drive signal is stopped. In addition, when the information for switching the electric accessory 71 of the lower working port 63 to the open state is set, the output of the drive signal to the electric accessory 71 is started and the information to be switched to the closed state is set. If so, output of the drive signal is stopped.

  In a succeeding step S208, a reading process is executed. In the reading process, signals other than the power failure signal and the winning signal are read, and the read information is stored for use in future processing.

  In subsequent step S209, a winning detection process is executed. In the winning detection process, a signal received from each winning detection sensor such as the general winning port 61 is read, and the general winning port 61, the large winning port of the variable winning device 64, the upper operating port 62, the lower operating port 63, and Processing for specifying whether or not there is a winning in the through gate 65 is executed.

  In the subsequent step S210, timer update processing for updating the numerical information of a plurality of types of timer counters provided in the RAM 404 is executed. In this case, the timer counter that is updated by subtracting the stored numerical information is handled in an integrated manner. However, both the updating of the subtracting timer counter and the updating of the adding timer counter are performed collectively. It is good also as a structure.

  In subsequent step S211, a fraud detection process for monitoring whether or not a predetermined event set as a fraud monitoring target has occurred is executed. In the fraud detection process, by monitoring the occurrence of a plurality of types of events and confirming that a predetermined event has occurred, the game stop setting is made in step S205 in the next timer interrupt process, An affirmative determination is made in step S206.

  In the subsequent step S212, a launch control process for controlling the launch of the game ball is executed. In a situation where the launch operation is continued for the game ball launch handle 41, as described above, one game ball is launched at 0.6 sec which is a predetermined launch cycle.

  In the subsequent step S213, as the input state monitoring process, disconnection confirmation of each winning detection sensor and opening confirmation of the gaming machine main part 12 and the front door frame 14 are performed based on the information read in the reading process of step S208.

  In the subsequent step S214, special figure special electric control processing for performing execution control of game times and execution control of the opening / closing execution mode is executed. In the special figure special electric control process, when a winning to the upper working port 62 or the lower working port 63 occurs in a situation where the number of pieces of holding information stored in the holding ball storage area 422 is less than the upper limit number, Is executed to store the numerical information of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 as the hold information in the hold ball storage area 422 in time series. Also, in the special figure special electric control process, whether or not the hold information corresponds to the big win is determined on the condition that the hold information is not stored during the game rotation and the opening / closing execution mode and is stored. If it corresponds to the process and the jackpot winning, a distribution determination process for determining which jackpot result the hold information corresponds to is executed. In addition, in the special figure special power control process, not only the success / failure determination process and the distribution determination process, but if the hold information does not correspond to the big win, whether the hold information corresponds to the occurrence of reach. A reach determination process is performed, and a duration selection process for selecting the duration of the game times using the numerical information of the variation type counter CS at that time is executed. Then, the change command including the duration information according to the result of each process and the type command including the game result information are transmitted to the notification / production control device 143 and the pattern of the main display unit 81 is displayed. Start the variable display. As a result, one game is started, and an effect for the game is started on the main display unit 81 and the symbol display device 75.

  Also, in the special figure special electric control process, during the execution of one game round, it is determined whether or not it is the end timing of the game round. If it is the end timing, the display corresponding to the game result is performed. Then, the process of ending the game round is executed. In this case, a final stop command (or a confirmation command) indicating that the game times should be ended is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143. Further, in the special figure special electric control process, when the result of the game times is a result corresponding to the transition to the opening / closing execution mode, a process for starting the opening / closing execution mode is executed. At the start, an opening command indicating that the opening / closing execution mode is started is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143. In the special figure special electric control process, a process for starting each round game and a process for ending each round game are executed. In each of these processes, an open command indicating that a round game is started (or that the variable winning device 64 is in an open state) is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143 and the round game is ended (or A closing command indicating that the variable winning device 64 is in a closed state is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143. Further, in the special figure special electric control process, when the opening / closing execution mode is ended, an ending command indicating that is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143, and the success / failure lottery mode and the support mode after the opening / closing execution mode are set. Execute the process.

  After executing the special figure special power control process of step S214 in the timer interruption process, the normal figure normal power control process is executed in step S215. In the ordinary map / electric power control process, when a winning to the through gate 65 is generated, a process for acquiring the retained information on the ordinary map side is executed and the retained information on the ordinary map side is stored. In addition, a release determination is performed on the hold information, and a process for performing an effect for a normal diagram is executed using the release determination as a trigger. Moreover, the process which opens and closes the electrically-driven accessory 71 of the lower action port 63 based on the result of open determination is performed.

  In subsequent step S216, based on the processing results of immediately preceding step S214 and step S215, output information is set for reflecting the increase / decrease number of the hold information related to the main display unit 81 in the hold number display section, and the main display is performed. Output information for reflecting the increase / decrease number of the hold information related to the unit 81 in the hold number display section is set. In step S216, output information for updating the display contents of the main display unit 81 is set based on the processing results of the immediately preceding steps S214 and S215, and the display contents of the main display unit 81 are updated. Set output information for

  In the subsequent step S217, a demonstration display process is executed for setting the display content of the symbol display device 75 for standby display in a situation where neither the game times nor the opening / closing execution mode is executed. In step S218, Then, the contents of the command and signal received from the payout control device 181 are confirmed, and a payout state receiving process for executing a process corresponding to the confirmation result is executed. In step S219, a payout output process for setting a prize ball command as an output target is executed.

  In subsequent step S220, an external information setting process for controlling the start and end of the output of the external signal in accordance with the processing results of the various processes executed in the current timer interrupt process is executed. In step S221, a process for editing the test fire test information is executed.

  When an affirmative determination is made in step S206, or after the processing of steps S207 to S221 is executed, the process proceeds to step S222. In step S222, an interrupt end declaration is set. In the main MPU 402, once timer interrupt processing is started, it is stipulated that an interrupt end declaration is set as one of the conditions for starting the next timer interrupt processing. Set the interrupt end declaration to enable execution of timer interrupt processing. In step S223, interrupt permission is set. In the main MPU 402, once the timer interrupt processing is started, the interrupt is disabled. Therefore, in step S223, interrupt permission is set to enable execution of the next timer interrupt processing. Thereafter, the timer interrupt process is terminated.

<Special Figure Special Electric Control Process>
Next, the special figure special electric control process executed in step S214 of the timer interruption process (FIG. 27) will be described.

  In the special figure special electric control process, when a winning to the upper operating port 62 or the lower operating port 63 occurs, a process for acquiring the holding information is executed, and when the holding information is stored, the holding is performed. A determination is made as to whether or not the information is correct, and further, a process for performing an effect for game times is executed using the determination as to whether or not the information is correct. In addition, based on the result of the determination, the processing for shifting to the opening / closing execution mode after the effect for playing the game is executed, and the processing during the opening / closing execution mode and at the end of the opening / closing execution mode is executed.

  As shown in the flowchart of FIG. 28, first, hold information acquisition processing is executed in step S601. In the hold information acquisition process, it is determined whether or not a prize is generated in the upper operating port 62 or the lower operating port 63. If a winning is generated, the number of held in the holding ball storage area 422 is the upper limit value. It is determined whether it is less than (4 in this embodiment). If the number of holds is less than the upper limit, the number of holds is incremented by 1, and the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in the previous step S202 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27). Are stored in the first reserved area among the empty reserved areas Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 to Rb4 of the reserved area RE.

  In addition, when winning to the upper working port 62 and the lower working port 63 occurs at the same time, the process for obtaining the hold information is performed a plurality of times within a range where the hold information obtaining process is executed once. Run.

  After executing the hold information acquisition process in step S301, the process proceeds to steps S302 and S303. In step S302 and step S303, a confirmation process for holding notice, which is a process for causing the notification / production control device 143 and the display control device 170 to recognize that a winning in the upper operation port 62 or the lower operation port 63 has occurred, and Execute the pending command setting process.

  The hold command set in the hold command setting process in step S303 is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143. A detailed description of each process of steps S302 and S303 will be described later.

  In the subsequent step S304, a process for reading information on the special figure special power counter provided in the RAM 404 is executed, and in step S305, a process for reading the special figure special electric address table from the RPM 403 is executed. In step S306, a process of acquiring a start address corresponding to the information of the special figure special power counter from the special figure special electric address table is executed.

  Here, the processing content of step S304-step S306 is demonstrated.

  As already described, the special figure special power control process includes a process related to a game-playing effect and a process related to an opening / closing execution mode. In this case, as processing related to the effect for game times, special figure variation start processing (step S308) that is processing for starting the effect for game times and processing for advancing the effect for game times. A special figure changing process (step S309) and a special figure determining process (step S310) that is a process for ending the effect for the game round are set.

  In addition, as a process related to the opening / closing execution mode, a special electricity start process (step S311) that is a process for controlling the opening of the opening / closing execution mode, and a state in which the special winning opening of the variable winning device 64 is being opened is controlled. Special power open process (step S312), special power close process (step S313), which is a process for controlling the closed state of the special prize opening, opening / closing execution mode ending and opening / closing execution mode end Special electric power end processing (step S314), which is processing for controlling the transition of the gaming state, is set.

  In such a processing configuration, the special figure special power counter is a counter for the main MPU 402 to grasp which of the above-mentioned types of processing should be executed. Corresponding to the numerical information of the special electric counter of the figure, the start address of the program for executing the above-mentioned plural types of processing is set.

  In this case, the start address SA0 is the start address of the program for executing the special figure change start process (step S308), and the start address SA1 is the program address for executing the special figure changing process (step S309). The start address SA2 is the start address of the program for executing the special figure finalizing process (step S310), and the start address SA3 is the program for executing the special electricity start process (step S311). The start address SA4 is a start address of a program for executing the special power open process (step S312), and the start address SA5 is a program for executing the special power close process (step S313). This is the start address, and the start address SA6 A start address of a program for executing (step S314).

  The special figure special electric power counter is the special figure special electric power control in the next processing time when the condition for updating the numerical information is satisfied when the processing corresponding to the numerical information currently stored is completed. Corresponding to the processing executed in the processing, 1 addition, 1 subtraction, or “0” is cleared (initialized). Therefore, in the special figure special power control process at each processing time, a process corresponding to the numerical information set in the special figure special electric power counter may be executed.

  After executing the process of step S306, in step S307, a process of jumping to the process indicated by the start address acquired in step S306 is executed. Specifically, if the acquired start address is SA0, the process jumps to the special figure change start process in step S308.

  In the special figure variation start process, on the condition that the hold information is stored and stored, the process for shifting the hold information to the execution area AE of the hold ball storage area 422 is executed, and each of the hold areas Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 is executed. A process of shifting the data of .about.Rb4 to the upper side (that is, the first area Ra1, Rb1 side) is executed. After that, with respect to the hold information shifted to the execution area AE, whether or not to determine whether or not it corresponds to the jackpot winning, and if it corresponds to the jackpot winning, the hold information corresponds to any jackpot result A distribution determination process is performed to determine whether or not it is in progress. In the determination process, whether or not the numerical information acquired from the jackpot random number counter C1 in the hold information is numerical information corresponding to the jackpot winning is determined. In the distribution determination process, it is determined whether the numerical information acquired from the jackpot type counter C2 in the hold information corresponds to which jackpot result category.

  In addition to the success / failure determination process and the distribution determination process, when the hold information does not correspond to the big win, the reach determination process is performed to determine whether or not the hold information corresponds to the occurrence of reach. Then, the duration selection process for selecting the duration of the game times is executed using the numerical information of the variation type counter CS at that time. In the reach determination process, it is determined whether or not the numerical information acquired from the reach random number counter C3 in the hold information corresponds to the numerical information on the occurrence of reach.

  When the duration information is selected, the change command including the duration information and the type command including the game result information are transmitted to the notification / production control device 143 and the pattern of the main display unit 81 is displayed. Start the variable display. As a result, one game is started, and an effect for the game is started on the main display unit 81 and the symbol display device 75.

  By the way, when the effect for the game round is started in this way, the numerical information of the special figure special electric counter is incremented by 1 so that the numerical information of the counter corresponds to the special figure variation start process. Update to the one corresponding to the changing process.

  If the acquired start address is SA1, the process jumps to the special figure changing process of step S309. In the special figure changing process, a process for determining whether or not it is during the game time duration and before the fixed display is performed, and before the fixed display, the display mode of the pattern on the main display unit 81 is displayed. A process for regularly changing is executed.

  By the way, instead of waiting in the special figure changing process until it is the timing to display the fixed figure, if it is not the timing to make a fixed display, the process for changing the regular figure is executed and then the special figure is changing. The process ends. Therefore, after the game-turn effect is started, the special-figure changing process is started every time the special-figure special-electric control process is started until the timing for final display is reached. In addition, when it is time to confirm and display, the numerical information of the special figure special electric counter is incremented by 1, so that the numerical information of the counter corresponds to the special figure in-flight process from the one corresponding to the special figure changing process Update to what you did.

  If the acquired start address is SA2, the process jumps to the special figure determining process in step S310. In the special figure finalizing process, the final stop command is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143 in order to cause the symbol display device 75 to display the stop result of the current game round as a final stop display. The display mode is a display mode corresponding to the lottery result of the current game time. In the special figure confirmation process, it is determined whether or not the period during confirmation display has elapsed, and if the period has elapsed, it is determined whether or not the transition to the opening / closing execution mode occurs. When the transition to the opening / closing execution mode occurs, the mode transition process is executed.

  By the way, instead of waiting in the special figure determination process until the fixed display period elapses, this special figure determination process is terminated if the period has not elapsed. Therefore, after the fixed display is started, the special figure determination process is started each time the special figure special power control process is started until the period during the fixed display elapses. In addition, when the period during the fixed display has elapsed, in a situation where the transition to the opening / closing execution mode does not occur, the numerical information of the special figure special counter is initialized (that is, “0” is cleared) and the transition to the opening / closing execution mode is performed. In such a situation, by adding 1 to the numerical information of the special figure special power counter, the numerical information of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the special figure determination process to the one corresponding to the special electric power start process.

  If the acquired start address is SA3, the process jumps to the special electricity start process in step S311. In the special electricity start process, an opening command indicating that the opening / closing execution mode is started is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143. In the special electricity start process, it is determined whether or not the opening period of the opening / closing execution mode has elapsed. When the opening period has not elapsed, this special power start process is terminated instead of waiting in the special power start process. Therefore, after the opening effect in the opening / closing execution mode is started, the special power start process is started each time the special figure special power control process is started until the opening period elapses. In addition, when the opening period has elapsed, the numerical information of the special figure special power counter is incremented by 1, thereby updating the numerical information of the counter from the one corresponding to the special power start process to the one corresponding to the special power open process. .

  If the acquired start address is SA4, the process jumps to the special electricity releasing process in step S312. In the special electric release opening process, one round game is started, and it is determined whether or not the end condition of the round game is satisfied. When the end condition is not satisfied, the process is not waited for in the special electricity release process, but the process for monitoring the establishment of the end condition is executed, and then the special electricity release process is terminated. When the above termination condition is satisfied, the numerical information of the special figure special power counter is incremented by 1, so that the numerical information of the counter is changed from the one corresponding to the special electric power open process to the one corresponding to the special electric power closed process. Update.

  If the acquired start address is SA5, the process jumps to the special power closing process in step S313. In the special electricity closing process, a process of ending one round game is executed. Further, in the interval period between round games, it is determined whether or not the interval period has elapsed. When the interval period has not elapsed, this special electric power closing process is terminated instead of waiting in the special electric power closing process. Therefore, when the interval period is started, the special power closing process is started each time the special figure special electric control process is started until the period elapses. In addition, when the interval period has elapsed, by subtracting 1 from the numerical information of the special figure special electricity counter, the numerical information of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the special electric current closing process to the one corresponding to the special electric current opening process. To do.

  On the other hand, in the special power shut-off process for the last round game, after executing the process of ending one round game, the numerical information of the special figure special power counter is incremented by 1 so that the numerical information of the counter is changed to the special power shut-off process. Update from the corresponding one to the one corresponding to the special electricity termination processing.

  If the acquired start address is SA6, the process jumps to the special electricity ending process in step S314. In the special electricity ending process, an ending command indicating that the opening / closing execution mode is ended is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143. In the special electric power end process, it is determined whether or not the ending period of the opening / closing execution mode has elapsed. If the ending period has not elapsed, the special electric power end processing is terminated instead of waiting in the special electric power end processing. Therefore, after the ending effect in the opening / closing execution mode is started, the special electric power end process is started every time the special figure special electric control process is started until the ending period elapses. In addition, when the ending period has elapsed, after executing processing for setting the gaming state (open / close lottery mode and support mode) after the opening / closing execution mode, the numerical information of the special figure special electricity counter is initialized. The numerical information of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the special electric power end process to the one corresponding to the special figure fluctuation start process.

  Next, a variation display mode of symbols displayed on the symbol display device 75 (display screen 75a) as an effect for game times will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 29A is a schematic diagram showing the types of variation display modes, and FIG. 29B is a schematic diagram showing an overview of each variation display mode.

  As shown in FIG. 29 (a), the variable display mode of the symbols executed on the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75 is completely off, normal reach A, normal reach B, super reach A, super reach B, super reach. C is roughly divided into 5 categories. About each of these variable display modes, the variable display time is set to be different, and the outline of the variable display mode for each game time is grasped based on the information related to the variable display time given to the command from the main controller 162. It is possible.

  Specifically, “3 sec to 8 sec” is set for the fluctuation display time that is completely out of place (a difference is set according to the number of holds), “10 sec” is set for the fluctuation display time for normal reach A, and the fluctuation display time for normal reach B Is about 15 seconds longer than the fluctuation display time of normal reach A, the fluctuation display time of super reach A is "16 sec" longer than the fluctuation display time of normal reach A and B, and the fluctuation display time of super reach B is super reach. “17 sec”, which is longer than the fluctuation display time of A, and “18 sec”, which is longer than the fluctuation display times of the other super reach A and B, as the fluctuation display time of the super reach C. It is set so that the expectation of winning the jackpot is high. For example, when the information regarding the variable display time given to the command from the main control device 162 is “15 sec”, the display control device 170 knows that the normal reach B should be executed.

  Here, the fluctuation display mode of the normal reach A and B will be described with reference to FIG. When the normal reach A or B is selected, first, the variable display (scroll display) of all the symbol sequences that are stopped is started, and then the symbol variable display is terminated in the upper symbol column Z1 (stop) In addition, in the lower symbol row Z3, the symbol variation display is terminated (stopped display). In the state in which the upper and lower symbol rows Z1 and Z3 are stopped and displayed in this way, a reach line is formed by stopping and displaying the main symbol having the same number attached to any of the active lines. Then, the reach display is performed by performing the variable display of the middle symbol row Z2 under the situation where the reach line is formed. After reaching the reach display, the variable display is terminated by stopping and displaying the middle symbol row Z2. Then, the fact that the symbol that is the same as the symbol that constitutes the reach display stops on the reach line is informed that the jackpot has been won, and the other symbols on the reach line stop to win the jackpot It will be notified that it is not. In this way, the combination of symbols that are finally stopped and displayed is maintained as they are for a predetermined period. In other words, the current game time continues until the stop display period elapses, and the transition to the next game time is permitted after the stop display period elapses.

  In the present embodiment, the difference in the fluctuation display time between the normal reach A and the normal reach B is ensured by setting the difference in the fluctuation display time of the middle symbol row Z2 after the reach line is formed. The method of setting the difference is arbitrary. For example, by setting a difference in the time from when the variable display is started to when the reach line is formed, the difference in the variable display time can be secured.

  Next, the variation display mode of super reach A, B, C will be described based on the above-described variation display mode of normal reach A, B. As shown in FIGS. 29 (b2) to 29 (b4), the super reach A, B, and C form the above-described reach line through the same process as the normal reach A and B. And after forming a reach line, it is the structure which performs a reach effect by displaying a predetermined character as a moving image together with the fluctuation display of the middle symbol row Z2. Specifically, after a reach line is formed in Super Reach A, a character imitating a fairy is displayed at the center of the variable display area of the middle symbol row Z2 (the center of the variable display area ME). After the reach line is formed, a character imitating a boy is displayed at the center of the variable display area of the middle symbol row Z2 (the center of the variable display area ME). In Super Reach C, the reach line is formed, A character imitating a girl is displayed at the center of the variable display area of the middle symbol row Z2 (the center of the variable display area ME).

<Confirmation process for hold notice>
Next, the confirmation process for holding notice executed in step S302 of the special electric figure control process (FIG. 28) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the confirmation process for hold notice, first, in step S401, the hold information newly acquired in the hold information acquisition process in step S301 immediately before the special figure special power control process (FIG. 28) is stored in the main MPU 402. Store in register. After that, in steps S402 to S406, it is confirmed whether or not the winning information is included in the hold information acquired by the current winning.

  Specifically, first, in step S402, based on the current winning of the upper working port 62 or the lower working port 63, information for jackpot determination among the newly acquired hold information, that is, the acquired jackpot random number counter C1. Know the value of.

  In a succeeding step S403, it is determined whether or not the low probability mode is set. Specifically, by determining whether or not the high probability mode flag is stored in the various flag storage areas of the RAM 404, it is determined whether or not the current lottery mode is the low probability mode. If it is in the low probability mode, the process proceeds to step S404, and the information for determining the jackpot (the value of the jackpot random number counter C1) grasped in step S402 with reference to the low probability mode determination table is information corresponding to the jackpot winning. Determine if it is in the group. In the case of the high probability mode, the process proceeds to step S405, and it is determined whether or not the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is included in the information set as the jackpot winning by referring to the above-described success / failure table for the high probability mode. To do.

  After step S404 or step S405, the process proceeds to step S406, where it is determined whether or not the jackpot determination information (value of the jackpot random number counter C1) grasped in step S402 corresponds to the jackpot winning. If it corresponds to the jackpot winning, the jackpot information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402 in step S407, and the confirmation process for the reservation notice is ended as it is.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S406, the process proceeds to step S408. In step S408, based on the current winning at the upper working port 62 or the lower working port 63, the information for determining the reach reach out of the newly acquired hold information, that is, the value of the acquired reach random number counter C3 is grasped.

  In subsequent step S409, the reach determined in step S408 is referred to with reference to the reach determination table (reach determination information group) stored in the reach determination table storage area (reach determination information group storage means) of RPM 403. It is specified whether the information for determination (the value of the reach random number counter C3) is included in the information set as the reach winning.

  After executing the process of step S409, the process proceeds to step S410, and it is determined whether or not the reach determination information (the value of the reach random number counter C3) grasped in step S408 corresponds to the occurrence of reach. In the case where it corresponds to the occurrence of reach, in step S411, after the reach occurrence information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402, this confirmation process is terminated. On the other hand, if it does not correspond to the occurrence of reach, this confirmation process is terminated as it is.

<Hold command setting process>
Next, the hold command setting process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the hold command setting process, first, in step S501, it is determined whether or not jackpot information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402. In the confirmation process (FIG. 30), it is determined whether or not the jackpot determination information is identified as corresponding to the jackpot winning. If the jackpot information is stored, the process proceeds to step S502, and a jackpot correspondence pending command is set. Note that the setting of the command and various commands described later are performed by storing command information in a command setting area provided in the RAM 404.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S501, that is, if it is determined that jackpot information is not stored in the register of the main MPU 402, the process proceeds to step S503, and whether reach occurrence information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402. By determining whether or not the information for reach determination is identified as corresponding to the occurrence of reach in the confirmation processing for holding advance notice (FIG. 30) in the special figure special power control process (FIG. 28). Determine whether. If the reach occurrence information is stored, a release reach hold command is set in step S504, and if the reach occurrence information is not stored, a complete release support hold command is set in step S505.

  When the hold command is set in steps S502, S504, and S505, the fluctuation display time is determined with reference to the stored value of the big hit type counter C2, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS, etc. The time-consuming information is stored in the pending command. In determining the variable display time, the variable display time table is referred to. The hold command set in this way is transmitted to the display control device 170, and the display control device 170 can grasp the variation display mode of the symbol and the like based on the hold command.

  After executing the command setting process of any one of step S502, step S504, and step S505, in step S506, a process of setting the number of hold information for the hold command is executed. Specifically, as the processing, the hold command information set as described above is configured as information of a plurality of bytes, and information indicating that the command is a hold command or a hold command for some of the bits. Are included, and information on the number of holds can be set. In this case, in step S506, the information on the number of holds stored in the register of the main MPU 402 in step S401 in the confirmation process for the previous notice of hold (FIG. 30) is first read, and then the hold already set is set. The read information on the reserved number is stored in the command for the reserved number information in the command by an arithmetic processing such as logical sum. As a result, for the hold command set in any of the processes of step S502, step S504, and step S505, information for specifying the number of hold information corresponding to the hold command Will be included. After executing the process in step S506 described in detail above, the hold command setting process is terminated.

  Note that the hold command including the information on the number of hold in step S506 is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143. The notification / production control device 143 receives the hold command and specifies that the hold information has increased. Further, the notification / production control device 143 transmits the hold command to the display control device 170 while maintaining the form. The display control device 170 executes image data preparation processing based on the received hold command. The preparation process will be described in detail later.

  In addition, the setting method of the hold command is determined based on whether the display control device 170 holds the jackpot, whether the jackpot is won, if the jackpot is won, the type of jackpot at that time, if the jackpot is not won, whether reach is generated, etc. Any design can be used as long as it can identify the variation display mode of the symbol. For example, a combination of a jackpot corresponding pending command, a miss reach pending command, and a completely miss pending command is individually set in correspondence with the number of each pending, and in the pending command setting process, a confirmation process for pending notice ( It is also possible to select one pending command according to the confirmation result in FIG.

<Payout status reception processing>
Next, the payout state reception process executed in step S218 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27) will be described.

  Here, the payout control device 181 periodically executes a payout state detection process as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 32 (for example, a cycle of 2 msec), and executes a process corresponding to reception of various commands in the process. To do. Here, the payout state detection processing by the payout control device 181 will be described first, and then the payout state reception processing by the main control device 162 will be described.

  In the payout state detection process, it is first determined in step S601 whether or not a winning ball completion state is detected. Specifically, it is confirmed that a game ball corresponding to the number of prize balls of the prize ball command received from the main controller 162 is paid out from the payout device 222 (payout is completed). The payout device 222 is provided with a payout detection sensor that individually detects game balls sent to the downstream side thereof, and confirms that payout has been completed based on the output result of the payout detection sensor. .

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S601, the payout motor abnormality command is stored in the transmission data storage unit in step S602, and is set as an output target. If a negative determination is made in step S601 or after execution of step S602, it is determined in step S603 whether a lower plate full state is detected. Specifically, the full state of the lower plate 34 is detected by checking the output result of the full detection sensor 280. When the number of game balls stored in the lower plate 34 (and the lower lateral passage portion 286 of the front door side lower plate passage portion 273) is less than a predetermined number, the full detection sensor 280 is LOW corresponding to the non-detection state. A level winning detection signal is output, and if it is equal to or greater than a predetermined number, an HI level winning detection signal corresponding to the detection is output. When the detection signal changes from the LOW level to the HI level and the detection signal of the HI level is detected over a plurality of processing times thereafter, it is determined that the lower dish is full.

  When an affirmative determination is made in step S603, the lower plate full command is stored in the transmission data storage unit in step S604 and set as an output target. If a negative determination is made in step S603 or after execution of step S604, it is determined whether an abnormal end state is detected in step S605. Specifically, from the state in which one of the already described dispensing motor abnormal state and the lower plate full state has been detected, the state has not been detected, and each of the above states has been detected over a plurality of processing times. If not, it is determined to be in an abnormal end state.

  When an affirmative determination is made in step S605, the abnormal end command is stored in the transmission data storage unit in step S606, and is set as an output target. When a negative determination is made in step S605 or after execution of step S606, the payout state detection process is terminated.

  Here, in the pachinko machine 10, the power from the power supply / launch control device 191 is supplied to the RAM 404 of the main control device 162, but not supplied to the RWM of the payout control device 181. With this configuration, the capacity of the power supply / launch control device 191 can be reduced, and the cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced accordingly.

  However, in this configuration, when the power supply from the external power source to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped, all the information stored in the RWM of the payout control device 181 is erased (destroyed). In this case, if all the information on the number of unpaid prize balls is stored in the RWM of the payout control device 181 as in the conventional pachinko machine, the pachinko machine 10 can be connected to the pachinko machine 10 in a situation where there are unpaid prize balls. When the power supply is stopped, all the unpaid prize balls are erased without being paid out. If it does so, it will cause a great disadvantage to a player.

  On the other hand, in this pachinko machine 10, unpaid prize ball information is basically stored in the RAM 404, and when the main MPU 402 receives a HI-level payout permission signal from the payout control device 181, the payout control is performed. A prize ball command is transmitted to the device 181. In the payout control device 181, information on the number of prize balls stored in the RWM of the payout control device 181 includes a maximum number of prize balls for one winning (15 prize balls) and a permission criterion described later. The timing for switching the payout permission signal between the HI level and the LOW level is set so as to be the sum of the number. In addition, this permission reference number is the minimum number of winning balls for one winning or less. Thereby, even if the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped in a situation where a large number of unpaid prize balls remain, it is possible to reduce the number of prize balls to be erased as much as possible. That is, the payout permission signal is information output from the payout control device 181 to the main MPU 402 in order to specify the output timing of the prize ball command in the main MPU 402.

  In the payout state reception process, based on information received from the payout control device 181 including the payout permission signal, it is determined whether or not it is possible to output a prize ball command to the payout control device 181. Set up.

  In the payout state reception process executed by the main controller 162, as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 33, first, in step S701, it is determined whether or not a lower pan full command has been received from the payout controller 181. . The lower plate full command is transmitted from the payout control device 181 when the full state detection sensor 280 detects the full state of the lower plate 34 as described above, and corresponds to a payout abnormality command.

  If a tank ball no command is received, a payout abnormality process is executed in step S702. As processing for payout abnormality, “1” is set in a payout abnormality flag provided in the RAM 404 to set a payout abnormality state. Further, the lower plate full command is transmitted as a payout abnormality command to the notification / production control device 143 which is the control device on the sub side. In this case, in the notification / production control device 143, the payout abnormality notification is executed by the lamp units 26 to 28 and the speaker units 29 and 30 when the payout abnormality command is received. The payout abnormality notification may be executed by the symbol display device 75.

  If a negative determination is made in step S701 or after the processing in step S702 is executed, it is determined in step S703 whether an abnormal termination command has been received from the payout control device 181. As described above, the abnormal end command is transmitted from the payout control device 181 when a predetermined abnormality regarding the payout of the game ball is released. If an abnormal termination command has been received, processing for abnormal termination is executed in step S704. Specifically, the payout abnormality flag is cleared by clearing the payout abnormality flag in the RAM 404 to “0”.

  In the configuration in which the payout abnormality command is transmitted as the payout abnormality process as described above, the payout abnormality cancel command is transmitted to the notification / production control device 143 as the abnormal end process. In this case, the notification / production control device 143 ends the payout abnormality notification that has already been executed.

  If a negative determination is made in step S703 or after the processing in step S704 is executed, it is determined in step S705 whether or not a prize ball completion command is received from the payout control device 181. As described above, the winning ball completion command is transmitted from the payout control device 181 when the winning ball is completed, and includes information on the number of completed winning balls.

  If the winning ball completion command has not been received, the payout state receiving process is terminated as it is. If the winning ball completion command has been received, after executing the winning ball number external output process in step S706, The payout state reception process is terminated. In the external output process of the number of prize balls, a process for external output for causing the management computer of the game hall to recognize information on the number of prize balls completed this time is executed.

  The prize ball completion command may not be transmitted from the payout control device 181. In this configuration, the payout control device 181 is also electrically connected to the external terminal board 213 so that the winning ball is completed and the external output of the information on the number of the completed winning balls is paid out via the main MPU 402. It is good also as a structure performed with the control apparatus 181. FIG.

<Sound output control processing by the production control device 143>
The notification / production control device 143 forcibly shifts the restricting member 363 to the closed state in accordance with the driving of the restricting drive unit 366, so that the game ball is directed to the sound path 333 rather than the sound from the horn region 371. It is possible to prioritize spill regulation. Further, forcibly shifting the regulating member 363 to the closed state also actively restricts the sound emission from the horn region 371, and the notification / production control device 143 sets the sound emission restriction to the sound. It can be used for production as a limited production.

  Here, the notification and effect control processing executed by the notification / effect control device 143 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS.

  In FIG. 34, in step S801, a hold command response process for responding to the hold command output from the main control device 162 is performed. The pending command handling process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. Note that the pending command handling process corresponds to the pending command among the command handling processes executed by the reporting / production control device 143 when a command is transmitted from the main control device 162 to the reporting / production control device 143. It is.

  In the pending command handling process, it is first determined in step S901 whether a jackpot handling command has been received. Here, the sub MPU 432 of the notification / production control device 143 receives a command from the main control device 162, and the received command is temporarily stored in the command storage area of the RAM 434. The command storage area is configured as a ring buffer that can store a plurality of commands individually and can be read from the previously stored commands. Processing corresponding to the command can be executed satisfactorily. In the determination in step S901, it is determined whether or not a big hit correspondence pending command is received in the current read target area in the command storage area. It should be noted that this command read configuration is the same for the following command read.

  If the jackpot corresponding hold command has been received, information on the number of holds included in the command received this time is specified in step S902, and the information on the specified number of holds is stored in various counter areas of the RAM 434. Set to erase counter. As will be described later, the information on the number of reserves set in the erasure counter is updated so as to be decremented by 1 every time a new game is started.

  After the erasure counter is set in step S902, a big hit correspondence setting process is executed in steps S903 to S907.

  In the big hit correspondence setting process, first, in step S903, it is determined whether or not the hold command received this time corresponds to one of the super reach A to C. In this embodiment, a plurality of symbol variation display modes are set so that the jackpot winning expectation degree is different, and a configuration in which the jackpot winning expectation degree in game times is notified by each variation display mode is adopted. However, in step S903, it is determined whether or not the hold command corresponds to the super reach A to C with reference to the variable display pattern storage area of the ROM 433.

  If a negative determination is made in step S903, the setting process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S903, that is, if there is information corresponding to super reach A to C in the hold information, the process proceeds to step S904. In step S904, the lottery table for the sound limitation effect corresponding to the jackpot stored in the lottery table storage area of the ROM 433 is referred to, and in the subsequent step S905, a lottery process for determining whether or not to execute the sound limitation effect is executed. .

  Specifically, the value of the lottery counter of the sound restriction effect is read from the lottery counter of the RAM 434, and the lottery table (sound restriction effect lottery information group) of the sound restriction effect stored in the ROM 433 is referred to. It is determined whether or not the read value of the lottery counter corresponds to the winning result. The value of the lottery counter is updated (incremented by 1) every time the hold command handling process is started, that is, at a cycle of about 2 msec.

  After executing the process of step S905, the process proceeds to step S906, and it is determined whether or not the sound restriction effect is won. If a negative determination is made in step S906, the present setting process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S906, the process proceeds to step S907, and the sound restriction effect flag is set. The sound restriction effect flag is a flag that is set in various flag storage areas of the RAM 434, and indicates that the sound restriction effect is performed when the big hit correspondence hold command is received (hit big hit reach). Is.

  After executing the process of step S907, the process proceeds to step S908 to deal with the big hit in the hold information storage area of RAM 434 (specifically, the area where the hold information is not stored in the first area to the eighth area). The hold information to be performed (specifically, information related to whether or not the sound restriction effect is permitted) is set, and the hold command response process is terminated.

  Here, a supplementary description will be given of the configuration of the hold information storage area. The hold information storage area has the first area to the eighth area as described above, and is configured to store one hold information for each area. The hold information stored in the first area to the eighth area is sequentially shifted to the lower area side when the shift command is received from the main control device 162, that is, when the game is started. . Specifically, while clearing the data in the first area, the second area → the first area, the third area → the second area, the fourth area → the third area, etc. The eighth area → the seventh area, etc. The data in each area is shifted to In the reserved ball storage area of the main control device 162, the upper working port reserved area and the lower working port reserved area are distinguished from each other. However, in the reserved information storage area of the notification / effect control device 143, The hold information is stored in a time series together regardless of the destination.

  Returning to the description of step S901 again, if it is determined in step S901 that the jackpot corresponding hold command has not been received, the process proceeds to step S909. In step S909, it is determined whether or not an outlier reach hold command has been received.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S909, that is, if it is determined that a detach reach support hold command has been received, a detach reach support setting process is executed in steps S910 to S914.

  In the outreach correspondence setting process, first, in step S910, it is determined whether or not the currently received hold command corresponds to one of the super reach A to C. In this embodiment, a plurality of symbol variation display modes are set so that the jackpot winning expectation degree is different, and a configuration in which the jackpot winning expectation degree in game times is notified by each variation display mode is adopted. However, in step S910, it is determined by referring to the variable display pattern storage area of the ROM 433 whether or not the hold command corresponds to the super reach A to C.

  If a negative determination is made in step S910, the present setting process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S910, that is, if there is information corresponding to super reach A to C in the hold information, the process proceeds to step S911. In step S911, the lottery processing table for the sound restriction effect corresponding to detachment stored in the lottery table storage area of the ROM 433 is referred to, and in the subsequent step S912, the lottery process for determining whether or not to execute the sound restriction effect is executed. To do.

  Specifically, the value of the lottery counter for the sound limitation effect is read from the lottery counter of the RAM 434, and the value of the read lottery counter is read with reference to the lottery table for the sound limitation effect stored in the ROM 433. It is determined whether or not it corresponds to the winning result. The value of the lottery counter is updated (incremented by 1) every time the hold command handling process is started, that is, at a cycle of about 2 msec.

  After performing the process of step S912, it progresses to step S913 and it is determined whether the sound restriction effect was won. If a negative determination is made in step S913, the present setting process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S913, the process proceeds to step S914, and the sound restriction effect flag is set. The sound restriction effect flag is a flag that is set in various flag storage areas of the RAM 434. When the sound restriction effect flag is set, the sound restriction effect flag is given when a hold command corresponding to an outreach is received (outreach reach). It is shown.

  After executing the process of step S914, the process proceeds to step S908 to deal with the detachment to the hold information storage area of RAM 434 (specifically, the area that is the smallest area in the first area to the eighth area where no hold information is stored). The hold information to be performed (specifically, information related to whether or not the sound restriction effect is permitted) is set, and the hold command response process is terminated.

  In the hold command handling process described in detail above, it is determined whether or not the sound restriction effect is executed with reference to the hold command, and the result is stored in the hold information storage area.

  The notification / production control device 143 is configured to specify a production mode such as a variation display mode again when a variation start command is received from the main control device 162. At this time, it is specified whether or not the sound restriction effect is performed with reference to the area corresponding to the change start command in the hold information storage area. In other words, whether or not the sound restriction effect can be performed is specified at the time of receiving the hold command before receiving the change start command, and when the change start command is received, only the specified result is referred to. There will be no lottery for limited sound effects.

  Returning to the description of FIG. 34, after performing the hold command handling process in step S <b> 801, the process proceeds to step S <b> 802 and it is determined whether or not the lower plate 34 is full. Here, it is determined whether or not a lower plate full command is received from the main controller 162, and if it is received, it is determined that the lower plate 34 is full.

  When the lower plate 34 is full, the process proceeds to step S803, and a closing process for shifting the sound path 333 to the closed state is performed. In this process, the regulation drive unit 366 is driven to forcibly shift the regulation member 363 to the closed state. Accordingly, the horn region 371 is partitioned by the restriction member 363 into the sound passage 333 side and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 side.

  In the closing process of the sound passage 333, when the restriction member 363 is already in the closed state, the closed state is maintained as it is without driving the restriction driving unit 366. In this case, the closing process of the sound passage 333 corresponds to a holding unit that holds the sound passage 333 in a closed state.

  Here, when the game balls are stacked in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 as the lower plate 34 is full, the stacked game balls are transferred from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333. There is a concern that the intrusion may occur or the restriction member 363 is caught by the stacked game balls and cannot enter the closed state. On the other hand, in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the fullness detection sensor 280 is disposed at a position spaced downstream from the lower dish passage hole 344. The regulating member 363 can be forcibly shifted to the closed state at a timing before reaching 344, and as a result, it is reliably regulated that the game ball enters the sound passage 333 through the lower dish passage hole 344. it can.

  If the lower plate 34 is not full, the process proceeds to step S804, and it is determined whether or not the gaming state is in the opening / closing execution mode. If it is in the opening / closing execution mode, the process proceeds to step S803, where the sound path 333 is closed.

  Here, when the gaming state is in the opening / closing execution mode, a large number of winnings to the variable winning device 64 occur, so that a large number of gaming balls paid out from the paying device 222 are intermittently transferred to the front door side lower dish passage portion. 273 flows down. In this case, the opening / closing speed when the restricting member 363 opens and closes with the flow of the game ball does not catch up with the intermittent flow of a large number of game balls, and the game ball is caught by the restricting member 363 and the ball is clogged. It cannot be said that there is no possibility. On the other hand, when the gaming state shifts to the opening / closing execution mode, the lower side of the front door is lowered by forcibly shifting the regulating member 363 to the closed state even if the lower plate 34 is not full. The cause of the occurrence of clogging of the balls in the dish passage portion 273 can be eliminated.

  If the lower plate 34 is not full and the gaming state is not in the opening / closing execution mode (NO in step S804), it is determined in step S805 whether the sound restriction effect flag is set, and step S806. It is determined whether any of the super reach A to C is executed as a super reach production. If the sound restriction effect flag is set and the super reach effect is being executed, the process proceeds to step S803. Even when the super reach effect is executed, the sound limit effect is not performed unless the sound limit effect flag corresponding to the super reach effect is set.

  In step S803, the sound path 333 is closed. In the super reach effect, the sound restriction effect process is performed by performing the process of closing the sound passage 333. Here, when a super reach effect is being performed, there is a case where sound is emitted to the lower plate 34 through the horn region 371 and a case where sound is not emitted, so whether or not sound is emitted to the lower plate 34. Can increase the expectation of winning the jackpot. In particular, in the present embodiment, if the lower plate 34 is not full, sound is emitted to the lower plate 34 in productions other than the super reach production. Therefore, when the sound restriction effect is executed in accordance with the super reach effect, the sound emission to the lower plate 34 is restricted, so that a difference from the other effects is secured, and the winning expectation degree for the jackpot Can be increased.

  If the sound limit effect flag is set and the super reach effect is not being performed (NO in step S806), the process proceeds to step S807 to determine whether the sound limit effect is finished. Here, it is determined whether or not the super reach effect corresponding to the sound restriction effect flag is executed, and even if the sound restriction effect flag is set, the super reach effect corresponding to the sound effect restriction flag is not yet executed. In this case, it is assumed that the sound restriction effect has not ended.

  When the sound restriction effect is finished, that is, when the super reach effect corresponding to the sound restriction effect flag is finished, the process proceeds to step S808. In step S808, the sound restriction effect flag corresponding to the ended sound restriction effect is cleared. As a result, after the sound restriction effect is finished, in the next super reach effect to be performed, there is no inconvenience that the sound restriction effect is executed even though the lottery of the sound restriction effect is not won.

  If the lower plate 34 is not full, the gaming state is not the opening / closing execution mode, and the sound restriction effect flag is not set (NO in step S805), the process proceeds to step S809 to open the sound path 333. Perform the release process. In this process, when the regulation member 363 is held in the closed state by the regulation drive unit 366, the regulation drive unit 366 is driven to shift the regulation member 363 to the fully open state, thereby the sound path 333 is opened. Transition to an open state. On the other hand, when the regulating member 363 is already in the fully opened state, the sound passage 333 is held in an opened state as it is by not driving the regulating drive unit 366. In addition, the opening process of the sound path 333 is performed, so that the regulating member 363 can be opened and closed in order to shift from the fully opened state to the non-fully opened state as the game ball flows down.

  According to the embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

<About enclosure 331>
Since the back side of the lower speaker 30a is housed in the enclosure 331, it can be suppressed that the output sound from the back side of the lower speaker 30a cancels the output sound from the front side of the lower speaker 30a. For this reason, it can suppress that the volume of a low sound range becomes small about the sound output from the lower speaker 30a. Moreover, since the enclosure 331 includes the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the enclosure 331 can be reduced in size as compared with a configuration in which the entire enclosure 331 is formed by a dedicated space. As a result, the enclosure 331 can be properly arranged in a narrow space inside the pachinko machine 10.

  Since the lower speaker 30a has the diaphragm 30b, for example, the vibrator is attached to the front door side passage forming portion 276 so that the front door side passage forming portion 276 is used as an external diaphragm. In contrast, the game ball present in the front door side passage forming portion 276 does not hinder the vibration of the diaphragm 30b. For this reason, it can suppress that the sound quality of the sound output from the lower speaker 30a falls with a game ball. Further, since the dynamic speaker unit is used as the lower speaker 30a, the cost burden can be reduced as compared with a configuration in which, for example, a speaker having a vibrator is used as the lower speaker 30a.

  In the enclosure 331, since the output sound from the back side of the lower speaker 30a is emitted through the horn region 371, the low frequency range of the output sound is easily amplified. For this reason, the horn region 371 can increase the volume of the low frequency range that tends to be insufficient for the output sound from the back side of the lower speaker 30a. In particular, in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the sectional area of the portion forming the horn region 371 gradually increases toward the first ball inlet 34a, thereby creating an environment in which game balls can easily flow down. As a result, clogging is less likely to occur.

  Further, in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, since the cross-sectional area increases toward the downstream side, the amount of game balls stored increases toward the downstream side, and the lower dish 34 becomes full. Even so, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the stacked game balls are unlikely to reach the payout device 222. When the stacked game balls reach the payout device 222, the rotating body 222e does not rotate and an abnormality occurs in the payout device 222 even though the drive current flows through the payout motor of the payout device 222. There is concern about the situation.

  Since the horn region 371 is bent, middle and high sounds output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a are easily attenuated. For this reason, a low-pitched sound range can be made to stand out about the sound emitted toward the lower plate 34 from the front door side lower plate passage part 273. That is, the horn region 371 can function as a back load horn.

  The front door side lower dish passage portion 273 has a bent shape to reduce the velocity of the game ball flowing down, and the bent portions (the intermediate bent portion 304 and the downstream bent portion 305) are reduced in middle and high sounds. Will also be available. Further, in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, since the horizontal passage portions 284, 286 and the vertical passage portion 285 extend linearly, the game ball can be accelerated to some extent by the straight portions. Thereby, even if the front door side lower dish passage part 273 has a bent shape, it is possible to prevent the flow velocity of the game ball from being extremely lowered and the clogging of the front door side lower dish passage part 273 from occurring. .

  In the horn region 371, since the front door side lower dish passage part 273 and the air chamber 332 are connected by the sound passage 333, the degree of freedom regarding the relative position of the air chamber 332 with respect to the front door side lower dish passage part 273 is increased. be able to. Moreover, the situation where the length dimension of the horn area | region 371 is insufficient with only the front door side lower dish channel | path part 273 when constructing | assembling a back load horn can be eliminated by the sound path 333. That is, the horn region 371 can be set to an appropriate length dimension by the sound passage 333 without changing the length dimension of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the installation position of the lower dish passage hole 344.

  At the first sphere inlet 34a of the horn region 371, the cross-sectional area is increased exponentially toward the lower plate 34, so that the sound emitted from the horn region 371 is likely to advance toward the front of the pachinko machine. ing. That is, directivity can be given to the sound emitted from the horn region 371. In this case, the sound emitted from the horn region 371 is difficult to diffuse vertically and horizontally along the back wall portion 243 of the lower plate 34, and the player can hear the sound at an appropriate volume. ing.

  Since the restriction member 363 is provided for the lower dish passage hole 344, the restriction member 363 can restrict the game ball from flowing out from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333. Thereby, the situation where the game ball flowing down the front door side lower dish passage part 273 is not properly discharged to the lower dish 34 can be suppressed. Here, when a game ball flows out from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333, the game ball becomes an obstacle and it is difficult for sound to be transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. There is a concern that sound quality will deteriorate. For this reason, restricting the outflow of the game ball from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333 by the restriction member 363 causes the output sound from the back side of the lower speaker 30a to be output from the front door side lower tray passage portion. It is also effective in properly releasing from 273.

  Since the front door side passage unit 45 includes the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332, the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332 are disposed at the front door. There is no need to perform a complicated operation of mounting the frame 14 individually. Further, by mounting the enclosure 331 in the pachinko machine 10 in a state of being manufactured in advance, the boundary between the front door side lower dish passage 273 and the sound passage 333 and the boundary between the sound passage 333 and the air chamber 332 in the enclosure 331. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of sound leakage from the part.

  Since the speaker opening 336 is provided in the front door side passage unit 45, the lower speaker 30 a is attached to the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14, and then the rear portion of the lower speaker 30 a is attached to the air chamber 332. The front door side passage unit 45 can be fixed to the base frame 231 while being inserted into the base frame 231. In this case, since the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 can be individually fixed to the base frame 231, the diaphragm 30b of the lower speaker 30a vibrates, thereby causing the front door side passage to the base frame 231. It can suppress that the fixed state of the unit 45 becomes unstable.

  In the front door side passage unit 45, the air chamber 332 is disposed at a position that does not line up with the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 in the front-rear direction, so the thickness dimension of the front door side passage unit 45 can be reduced. Moreover, since the air chamber 332 is arranged below the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the installation structure of the foul ball passage 118 and the ball receiving passage 289 is complicated above the front door side passage formation portion 276. Can be suppressed. For this reason, while using the upper space of the front door side channel | path formation part 276 as a collection space of game balls, the lower space can be utilized as installation space of the air chamber 332 instead of making it dead space.

  Since the air chamber 332 is disposed on the side of the vertical passage portion 285 below the upper horizontal passage portion 284, the lower dish passage hole 344 can be disposed on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. In this case, for example, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the game ball is less likely to flow out from the lower dish passage hole 344 as compared to a structure in which the lower dish passage hole 344 is disposed in the floor portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284. Further, in the configuration in which the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged on the floor of the upper horizontal passage part 284, even if the lower dish passage hole 344 is a small hole, the game ball is caught by the small hole, so that the game ball flows down. Will be disturbed.

<Restriction of sound emission from the front door side lower dish passage 273>
In the lower speaker 30a, sound is output when the diaphragm 30b vibrates. Therefore, by reducing the opening of the restricting member 363 with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344, the sound from the front door lower dish passage portion 273 is reduced. Sound emission can be limited. For this reason, the opening degree of the restricting member 363 decreases as the game ball flows down, or the restricting member 363 is forced to move to the closed state by driving the restricting drive unit 366, so that the front door side lower dish passage The degree of freedom can be increased with respect to the sound emission mode from the portion 273.

  Since the opening of the restricting member 363 with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 is reduced by pushing the restricting member 363 by the game ball flowing down, the front door is opened from the lower dish passage hole 344 by using the flow of the game ball. Incorporation of sound into the side lower dish passage portion 273 can be restricted. That is, the sound emission mode from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 can be changed by utilizing the flow of the game ball. In this case, the production effect can be enhanced by the sound emitted from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, and the player can lower the lower plate from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 without viewing the lower plate 34. It can be detected at 34 that the game ball is discharged.

  When the game ball passes through the regulating member 363, the opening degree of the regulating member 363 with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 is increased, so that sound emission from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is restricted as the gaming ball flows down. Can be made extremely short. Thereby, since the sound emission mode from the front door side lower dish passage part 273 changes according to the number of game balls flowing down the front door side lower dish passage part 273, the effect effect by the sound is further enhanced. Can do.

  Since the restricting member 363 is pivotally supported with respect to the base plates 274a and 274b, for example, the game ball flowing down presses the restricting member 363 as compared with a configuration in which the restricting member 363 is slidable. The configuration can be easily realized. In addition, the regulating member 363 can simply rotate to both close the lower plate passage hole 344 and partition the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 into an upstream side and a downstream side. . When the restriction member 363 is in the partition state, the restriction member 363 restricts the sound taken into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 from the lower dish passage hole 344 to the upstream side. The efficiency of sound emission from the lower dish passage portion 273 can be increased.

  Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is provided with respect to the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, the game ball exceeds the restriction member 363 as long as the opening degree of the restriction member 363 with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 becomes small. It will flow downstream. Therefore, even if the restricting member 363 is closed as the game ball flows, the restricting member 363 does not completely close the lower dish passage hole 344. Sound capturing through the lower dish passage hole 344 is continued. That is, even if the volume of the emitted sound is reduced, the sound is continuously emitted from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. Therefore, even if the player feels uncomfortable with the sound being interrupted as the game ball flows down, the discomfort can be made as small as possible.

  On the other hand, for example, in a configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided to the floor of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, in order to prevent the gaming ball from being caught in the lower tray passage hole 344, the passage of the gaming ball is performed. Accordingly, the regulating member 363 needs to completely close the lower dish passage hole 344. In this case, the release of sound from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is stopped, and there is a concern that the player may feel uncomfortable.

  Since the state transition of the regulating member 363 is forcibly performed by the notification / production control device 143, the fully opened state and the non-fully opened state (including the closed state) of the regulating member 363 can be properly used. That is, the state where the discharge from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is not restricted and the state where it is restricted can be appropriately used at an arbitrary timing. Thereby, a sound restriction effect can be performed by forcibly shifting the regulating member 363 to the closed state.

  When the lottery of the sound restriction effect is won, if the super reach effect is being executed, the restriction member 363 shifts to the closed state so that the sound restriction effect is performed. A difference can be caused in the expectation level for display between when the sound restriction effect is performed and when the sound limitation effect is not performed. As a result, it is possible to further increase the degree of expectation of the super reach production that has a particularly high expectation among the reach production.

<Regarding the partitioning state of the regulating member 363>
Since the restricting member 363 can shift to the partitioning state, in addition to the sound taken into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 from the lower dish passage hole 344 diffusing upstream, an illegal jig such as a wire is provided. The restriction member 363 can also restrict the insertion into the depth of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. For this reason, while the efficiency of sound emission from the front door side lower dish passage part 273 is improved, the game ball is illegally paid out from the payout device 222 by the unauthorized jig inserted into the front door side lower dish path part 273. That can be suppressed.

  Since the restricting member 363 shifts to the flow-down permitted state, it becomes possible for the game ball to pass through the restricting member 363 and flow downstream, so that the restricting member 363 can prevent clogging of the ball. Thereby, even if it is the structure which can control the penetration | invasion of the unauthorized jig | tool to the front door side lower tray channel | path part 273 by the control member 363, a game ball is appropriately discharged | emitted from the front door side lower tray path part 273 to the lower tray 34 can do.

  Since the restricting member 363 is closed by being pushed by the game ball that has flowed down, the restricting member 363 performs the closing operation, so that the game ball is separated from the partitioning position of the restricting member 363 (the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372). No time lag occurs until it reaches the boundary. For this reason, it is possible to suppress an illegal act of intruding an unauthorized jig deeper than the restricting member 363 in accordance with the flow-down timing of the game ball. Moreover, since the restricting member 363 returns to the partitioning state at the timing when the pressure by the game ball is released, the period during which the restricting effect on the intrusion of the illegal jig is reduced can be extremely shortened.

  Since the restricting member 363 does not perform further opening operation from the partitioning state (fully opened state), the suspicious person tries to forcefully open the restricting member 363 toward the upstream side using an unauthorized jig. However, the improper jig cannot prevent the restricting member 363 from breaking through. In particular, the regulating member 363 is held in a partitioned state by the pivoting tip of the regulating member 363 being hooked on the pivoting stopper 365, and therefore, for example, compared to a configuration in which the pivoting base end side of the regulating member 363 is hooked on the pivoting stopper 365. In addition, the strength of holding the regulating member 363 in the partitioned state can be increased. That is, it is possible to make the resistance against the forcibly pushing the regulating member 363 toward the upstream side by the fraudulent jig extremely high.

  When the restricting member 363 is in the partitioning state, the lower dish passage hole 344 is open, and thus the restricting member 363 can guide the intruding jig that has entered into the lower dish passage hole 344. That is, it is possible to guide the unauthorized jig from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the outside. Thereby, it can suppress that an improper jig | tool penetrate | invade deeply into the front door side lower dish channel | path part 273. FIG.

  When the restricting member 363 is in a partitioned state, the restricting member 363 forms the same plane as the inner peripheral surface of the lower dish passage hole 344. Therefore, even if the improper jig reaches the restricting member 363, the improper jig is restricted. It can be guided to the lower dish passage hole 344 along the plate surface of the member 363. In this case, unlike the case where the restricting member 363 is arranged at a position spaced upstream from the lower plate passage hole 344 in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, the suspicious person can move the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. Even the direction extending from the lower plate passage hole 344 toward the upstream side cannot be grasped. Moreover, since the lower surface of the regulating member 363 forms the same plane as the ceiling surface of the sound passage 333 (third passage portion 353), the suspicious person guides the unauthorized jig from the lower dish passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333. I can't figure out what happened.

  Since it is possible to forcibly shift the state of the restricting member 363 by the notification / production control device 143, the case where priority is given to preventing the intrusion of an unauthorized jig by the restricting member 363, The case where priority is given to the release of sound from the dish passage portion 273 can be properly used.

  When the gaming state is in the opening / closing execution mode, since the regulating member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state by the notification / production control device 143, even if a large number of gaming balls are paid out from the payout device 222, the front door side It is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging in the lower dish passage portion 273. Here, when the gaming state is in the opening / closing execution mode, the profit is given with the payout of a large number of gaming balls, or the front door side lower dish passage against the gaming balls flowing down one after another It is assumed that the possibility of the fraudulent jig being inserted into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 itself is low due to the difficulty in inserting the fraudulent jig into the portion 273. Therefore, even if the restricting member 363 is not in the partitioning state, the deterring force against the unauthorized jig being inserted into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is not significantly reduced.

  When the lower plate 34 is full, the notification / production control device 143 forcibly shifts the restriction member 363 to the closed state, so that the game balls stacked on the front door side lower plate passage 273 are restricted. Even if it reaches 363, it can be avoided that the regulating member 363 is sandwiched between the game balls. Thereby, it can suppress that a load is added from the accumulated game ball | bowl and the control member 363 deform | transforms or is damaged. Here, when the lower plate 34 is in a full state, the fraudulent jig is moved to the front door because the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is blocked by the game ball. It is assumed that the possibility of being inserted into the lower dish passage portion 273 itself is low. Therefore, even if the restricting member 363 is not in the partitioning state, the deterring force against the unauthorized jig being inserted into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is not significantly reduced.

<Regulation of outflow of game balls from lower plate passage hole 344>
Since the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the output sound from the lower speaker 30a can be efficiently taken into the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 through the lower tray passage hole 344. it can.

  Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is disposed at a position separated from the flow path of the game balls, it is possible to suppress the flowing game balls from flowing out of the lower dish passage holes 344. In this case, it is also possible to prevent the flowing game ball from being caught in the lower dish passage hole 344 and the lower dish passage hole 344 from being blocked by the flowing game ball.

  Since the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided for the vertical passage portion 285, the lower tray passage hole 344 can be separated from the flow path of the game ball. Here, as a configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is separated from the flow path of the game ball, a configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is arranged in the ceiling of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 or the lower horizontal passage portion 286 can be considered. In these configurations, since it is necessary to arrange the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 above the horizontal passage portions 284 and 286, it is possible to arrange the ball receiving passage 289 above the upper horizontal passage portion 284, It becomes difficult to dispose the foul ball passage 118 above the passage portion 286. On the other hand, in the configuration in which the lower dish passage hole 344 is disposed on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, it is not necessary to dispose the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 above the lateral passage portions 284, 286. The lower dish passage hole 344 can be arranged at a position away from the flow path of the game ball after the lateral passage portion 286 and the foul ball passage 118 are arranged at appropriate positions.

  Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged in the side part of the upper side passage part 284 side (the vertical part 342b of the lower dish passage partition part 342), the game ball that has flowed down through the upper side passage part 284 When the ball reaches the vertical passage 285, the game ball can be moved away from the lower plate passage hole 344. Moreover, since the lower plate passage hole 344 extends downward from the floor portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 (the horizontal portion 342a of the lower plate passage partition portion 342), the game ball is connected to the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion. Immediately after passing through the boundary with H.285, the side of the lower dish passage hole 344 flows down. In this case, even if the game ball contacts the outer peripheral portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and its flow direction changes, it is assumed that the game ball has already flowed down to a position lower than the lower dish passage hole 344 at that timing. It is possible to more reliably suppress the game ball from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344.

  Since the restriction member 363 is provided for the lower dish passage hole 344, the restriction member 363 can prevent the game ball flowing down in the front door side lower dish passage part 273 from flowing out of the lower dish passage hole 344. . In this case, since it is not necessary to make the lower dish passage hole 344 a small hole, the opening area of the lower dish passage hole 344 can be increased to such an extent that the sound capturing efficiency from the lower dish passage hole 344 does not decrease excessively. . Thereby, it can suppress that the volume of the sound discharge | released from the front door lower tray channel | path part 273 is insufficient. In addition, since the restriction member 363 can shift to the non-restriction state, it is possible to suppress the sound capturing efficiency from the lower dish passage hole 344 from being lowered by the restriction member 363.

  Since the restriction member 363 performs a closing operation by being pressed by the game ball flowing down the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, it is possible to more reliably restrict the game ball from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344.

  On the other hand, since the regulating member 363 is urged by the urging member so as to be held in the fully opened state, it will return to the fully opened state at the next moment even if the closing operation is performed. In this case, since the period during which the sound emitted from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is interrupted becomes extremely short, for example, the configuration in which the regulating member 363 is held in a closed state only for a predetermined period as the game ball passes. In contrast, it is possible to suppress a significant reduction in the effect of the sound emitted from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273.

  Since the restricting member 363 is in a partitioning state in which the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is partitioned when in the fully open state, the sound transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is lower on the front door side. Diffusion to the upstream side of the dish passage portion 273 can be suppressed. Thereby, the discharge | release efficiency of the sound from the front door lower tray channel | path part 273 can be improved.

  In addition, since the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is provided with the rotation stopper 365, even when the opening operation of the restriction member 363 is performed by the urging force of the urging member, the restriction member 363 is used as the rotation stopper. 365 can be held in a partitioned state.

  When the lower plate 34 is full, the notification / production control device 143 forcibly shifts the restricting member 363 to the closed state, so that the game balls stacked on the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 are moved to the lower plate. Even if it reaches the passage hole 344, the game balls can be prevented from flowing out of the lower dish passage hole 344.

  In the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the fullness detection sensor 280 is disposed downstream of the lower dish passage hole 344, so that the notification / production control device 143 is moved before the restricting member 363 is moved to the closed state. It is possible to avoid that the game balls stacked at the timing of reach the lower dish passage hole 344. Thereby, the deformation | transformation and damage of the control member 363 can be suppressed more reliably. Further, it is possible to reliably suppress the accumulated game balls from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344.

<Second Embodiment>
In the second embodiment, in the front door side passage unit 45, the positions of the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 relative to the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 are different from those in the first embodiment, and the front door side passage unit The configuration of 45 will be described with a focus on differences from the first embodiment with reference to FIG. FIG. 36 is a view showing the internal structure of the front door side passage unit 45, (a) shows a view when the restricting member 363 is in a fully open state, and (b) a case where the restricting member 363 is in a closed state. The figure is shown.

  As shown in FIG. 36 (a), in the front door side passage unit 45, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are arranged above the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. The air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are disposed on the upper side of the lower lateral passage portion 286 and are disposed side by side along the lower lateral passage portion 286. In the first embodiment, the sound passage 333 is disposed between the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. However, in this embodiment, both the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are front doors. Adjacent to the side lower dish passage 273.

  The front door side passage unit 45 includes an air chamber partitioning portion 451 that partitions the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333, a lower plate that partitions the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the air chamber 332, and the sound passage 333. A passage partition 452 is provided. Similar to the first embodiment, the sound passage 333 includes a first passage portion 351, a second passage portion 352, and a third passage portion 353. These passage portions 351 to 353 are all in the vertical direction. In an extended state, the front door side passage unit 45 is arranged side by side along the width direction. In this case, only the first passage portion 351 of the passage portions 351 to 353 extends along the air chamber 332, and the air chamber partitioning portion 451 partitions the air chamber 332 and the first passage portion 351.

  The first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352 are disposed above the lower horizontal passage portion 286, while the third passage portion 353 is disposed above the vertical passage portion 285. The second passage portion 352 is disposed between the first passage portion 351 and the vertical passage portion 285, so that the second passage portion 352 is adjacent to the vertical passage portion 285. The third passage portion 353 is disposed at a position spaced from the outer opening 279 toward the air chamber 332, and is arranged in series with the vertical passage portion 285 in the vertical direction. In this embodiment, although not shown, the foul ball passage 118 and the ball receiving passage 289 are arranged above the air chamber 332, the sound passage 333, and the upper horizontal passage portion 284.

  The lower dish passage partitioning portion 452 has a horizontal passage portion 452 a that forms the outer periphery of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and a vertical passage portion 452 b that forms the outer periphery of the vertical passage portion 285. The lateral passage portion 452a forms a ceiling portion of the upper lateral passage portion 284, and partitions the upper lateral passage portion 284 with respect to the air chamber 332, the first passage portion 351, and the second passage portion 352. The vertical passage portion 452 b forms a side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and divides the vertical passage portion 285 with respect to the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353.

  The lower dish passage hole 344 is provided in a portion that partitions the vertical passage portion 285 and the third passage portion 353 in the vertical passage portion 452b. The lower dish passage hole 344 is disposed above the vertical passage portion 285 and opens the vertical passage portion 285 upward. In this case, the lower dish passage hole 344 is disposed at a position spaced upward from the flow path of the game balls, and the game balls flowing downward are said to flow out from the lower dish passage hole 344. It is hard to happen. The lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged in the ceiling portion of the vertical passage portion 285.

  Also in the present embodiment, the restricting member 363 opens the lower dish passage hole 344 when it is in the open state, and closes the lower dish passage hole 344 when it is in the closed state. In the regulating member 363, the rotation shaft portion is arranged side by side on the ceiling portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284. An upper concave portion 455 that is recessed upward is formed in the ceiling portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, and the rotation shaft portion of the regulating member 363 is disposed in the upper concave portion 455.

  As shown in FIG. 36 (b), the restricting member 363 is disposed above the vertical passage portion 285 in a state of extending in the width direction of the vertical passage portion 285 when in the closed state. In this case, the restricting member 363 extends along the boundary between the third passage portion 353 and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 (vertical passage portion 285), and the lower surface of the restricting member 363 is the upper horizontal passage portion 284. It forms the same plane as the ceiling surface. Thus, since the regulating member 363 does not protrude toward the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 when in the closed state, the game ball is not caught by the regulating member 363 in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. It is designed to flow down properly.

  The front door side passage unit 45 has a reverse stopper 456 that restricts the restriction member 363 from rotating from the closed state to the third passage portion 353 side. The reverse stopper 456 is a convex portion that protrudes inward from the inner peripheral surface of the third passage portion 353, and the restricting member 363 is hooked on the reverse stopper 456 from the downstream side (vertical passage portion 285 side). It is held in the closed state. The reverse stopper 456 is disposed on the opposite side of the upper concave portion 455 with the lower dish passage hole 344 interposed therebetween. For this reason, for example, even if the game ball piled up at the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 due to the full lower plate reaches the lower plate passage hole 344, the restriction member 363 is pushed by the game ball. Can be suppressed.

  The restricting member 363 is opened when the rotation tip thereof rotates downward (in a direction away from the third passage portion 353). As shown in FIG. 36 (a), when the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state, the restricting member 363 extends downward from the rotating shaft portion and moves the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the upper horizontal passage portion 284. It is in a partitioning state partitioned into a side and a vertical passage portion 285 side. Here, the floor portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 is provided with a lower concave portion 457 that is recessed downward, and when the regulating member 363 is in a fully open state, the rotation tip of the regulating member 363 is The lower recess 457 is accommodated. In this case, the restricting member 363 is held in the fully open state by the rotation leading end of the restricting member 363 being hooked on the lower recess 457 from the longitudinal passage portion 285 side.

  The regulating member 363 is in a state of being hung by the rotating shaft portion, and is held in a fully opened state by its own weight. For this reason, even if the urging member is not attached to the regulating member 363 as in the first embodiment, a configuration in which the regulating member 363 is kept in the fully open state can be realized.

  When the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state, the restricting member 363 is in a state of being stretched over the side surface portion of the third passage portion 353 and the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. In this case, in the restricting member 363, the plate surface on the vertical passage portion 285 side forms the same plane as the inner peripheral surface of the third passage portion 353 and the inner peripheral surface of the vertical passage portion 285. For this reason, even if an unauthorized jig is inserted into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the tip of the unauthorized jig is less likely to be caught by the restricting member 363. Even the presence of the regulating member 363 cannot be detected.

  Unlike the first embodiment, in the configuration in which the third passage portion 353 extends upward from the vertical passage portion 285 as in the present embodiment, in addition to the sound passage 333 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286, All of the vertical passage portion 285 is included in the horn region 371. The restricting member 363 in the fully open state partitions the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372 formed by the upper horizontal passage portion 284 to the left and right.

  Here, the non-horn region 372 extends laterally from an intermediate position of a portion extending vertically in the horn region 371 (portion formed by the third passage portion 353 and the longitudinal passage portion 285). Even if a suspicious person who has inserted the correct jig into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 detects the presence of the restricting member 363, it is very likely that the unauthorized jig enters the non-horn region 372 (upper horizontal passage portion 284). It has become difficult. Further, since the regulating member 363 is prevented from turning to the non-horn region 372 side (upper lateral passage portion 284 side) because the turning front end portion is caught by the lower concave portion 457, the suspicious person However, even if the restricting member 363 is forcibly pushed open by an unauthorized jig, it cannot be pushed open.

  Next, the operation of the restricting member 363 will be briefly described.

  As shown in FIG. 36A, when the game ball does not pass through the boundary between the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372 in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the regulating member 363 is fully opened by its own weight. Held in a state. For this reason, the sound output to the air chamber 332 from the back side of the lower speaker 30 a is emitted from the horn region 371 to the lower plate 34 without diffusing into the non-horn region 372.

  As shown in FIG. 36B, when the game ball flowing down the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 reaches the restriction member 363 in the fully open building, the game ball moves the restriction member 363 vertically. It passes through the boundary between the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372 so as to push open to the passage portion 285 side. In this case, the restriction member 363 is present between the game ball and the lower dish passage hole 344, thereby restricting the game ball that has pressed the restriction member 363 from flowing out of the lower dish passage hole 344.

  In addition, when the full plate detection sensor 280 detects that the lower plate is full, the notification / production control device 143 performs drive control of the restriction drive unit 366, so that the restriction member 363 shifts to the closed state. Thereby, it is possible to restrict the game balls accumulated in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333.

  Here, even if the game ball enters the third passage portion 353 through the lower dish passage hole 344, the game ball is caused by the third passage portion 353 extending upward from the lower dish passage hole 344. Falls to the vertical passage portion 285 by dropping by its own weight. Further, since the urging force of the urging member is not applied to the restricting member 363, the return of the game ball to the vertical passage portion 285 is not hindered by the urging force of the urging member.

  According to the embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  Since the air chamber 332 is disposed on the upper side of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the upper space of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is effectively used as an installation space for the air chamber 332 and the lower speaker 30a. Can do. The space above the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 can also be used as an installation space for the sound passage 333.

  Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is disposed in the ceiling part of the vertical passage part 285, it is difficult for the game ball flowing down the upper horizontal passage part 284 to rise toward the lower dish passage hole 344 itself. For this reason, it is possible to suppress the game ball from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333 side.

  Since the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state by hanging from the ceiling portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, the restricting member 363 is configured to hold the restricting member 363 in the fully open state, and is fully opened after the restricting member 363 performs the closing operation. Both of the configurations for returning to the state can be realized without using a biasing member. For this reason, it is possible to simplify the configuration in which both sound and game balls are properly discharged from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273.

<Third Embodiment>
In the first embodiment, the enclosure 331 has the sound passage 333. However, in the third embodiment, the enclosure 331 does not have the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower dish passage. The part 273 is connected without the sound path 333 being interposed. The configuration of the front door side passage unit 45 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 37 is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 38 is a view showing the internal structure of the front door side passage unit 45. In FIG. 38, (a) shows a view when the partition member 461 is in a partition state, and (b) shows a view when the partition member 461 is in a flow allowed state.

  As shown in FIGS. 37 and 38A, the front door side passage unit 45 does not have the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332 is disposed below the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. . In this case, the lower tray passage partition 342 partitions the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, and the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 communicate with each other through the lower tray passage hole 344. Has been. The lower dish passage hole 344 is a circular small hole having a size and shape through which a game ball cannot pass, and a large number of lower dish passage holes 344 are provided in the lower dish passage partition portion 342. The small holes may be oval, rectangular, or polygonal.

  In the lower dish passage partitioning portion 342, the horizontal portion 342a partitions the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the air chamber 332 up and down, and the vertical portion 342b partitions the vertical passage portion 285 and the air chamber 332 right and left. A plurality of lower dish passage holes 344 are arranged in each of the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b. In both the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b, the flow direction of the game ball and the front door side passage unit 45 A plurality are arranged along the thickness direction.

  The horn region 371 is formed by a region on the downstream side of the lower plate passage hole 344 in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273.

  As described above, the lower dish passage hole 344 itself has a function of preventing the game ball from flowing out. In the present embodiment, the regulating member 363 is not provided for the lower dish passage hole 344 as in the first embodiment, but the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is partitioned into an upstream side and a downstream side. A partition member 461 is provided for the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. The partition member 461 is formed of a plate material, like the regulating member 363, and can block transmission of sound in the air.

  The partition member 461 is provided in a state of being hung from the ceiling portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, and a state in which the partition member 461 extends downward by its own weight corresponds to a partition state in which the upper horizontal passage portion 284 is partitioned left and right. To do. The partition member 461 is arranged on the upstream side of each lower plate passage hole 344 in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. When the partition member 461 is in a partitioned state, the partition member 461 extends from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the front door side lower plate passage portion. The sound taken in by H.273 is prevented from diffusing upstream. The partition member 461 corresponds to a partition body.

  The partition member 461 is rotatable with the upper end portion as a rotation shaft portion, and can be shifted to the non-partition state by rotating toward the upstream side or the downstream side. The rotation shaft portion of the partition member 461 is disposed at an intermediate position of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 in the flow direction of the game ball, and the partition member 461 can be rotated toward either the upstream side or the downstream side. It is possible to overlap the ceiling surface of the upper horizontal passage portion 284. Here, in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the upstream end portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 is opened upward toward the outer opening portion 279, and the partition member 461 rotates toward the upstream side. When it moves, it arrange | positions in the position which does not protrude in the open part of the upper stage horizontal channel | path part 284. FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 38B, when the game ball has flowed down, the game ball passes through the partition member 461 while pushing the partition member 461 toward the downstream side and rotating it. Here, when the partition member 461 rotates to such an extent that the game ball can pass, the partition member 461 has shifted to the flow-down permitted state in which the flow of the game ball is permitted in the non-partition state.

  In addition, when the lower plate 34 is full, even if the game balls stacked in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 push the partition member 461 upstream, the partition The member 461 does not exist between the upstream end of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the outer opening 279. For this reason, it can suppress that the partition member 461 is deformed or damaged by being pushed toward the upstream side by the stacked game balls.

  According to the embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is a small hole, a configuration in which the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is taken into the front door side lower dish path from the lower dish passage hole 344 is realized, and a game is played from the lower dish passage hole 344. The ball can be prevented from flowing out. In addition, since a large number of lower dish passage holes 344 are provided as small holes, it is possible to suppress a decrease in volume when the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is taken in from the lower dish passage hole 344.

  Furthermore, since the output sound of the lower speaker 30a passes through many lower plate passage holes 344, the low sound range is easily amplified, while the middle and high sound range is easily attenuated. Thus, even if the enclosure 331 does not have the sound passage 333 and the length dimension of the horn region 371 cannot be sufficiently secured, the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 is connected to the lower tray 34. It becomes possible to make the low frequency range of the emitted sound stand out.

  In the lower dish passage partitioning portion 342, a plurality of lower dish passage holes 344 are arranged in each of the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b. Therefore, even if the lower dish passage hole 344 is a small hole, The total opening area of the lower dish passage hole 344 can be increased to such an extent that a sound intake amount can be appropriately secured. In addition, since the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b have different sound taking directions by the lower plate passage hole 344, the low frequencies of these sounds are easily amplified, while the middle and high frequencies are easily attenuated. It has become.

  In the upper horizontal passage portion 284, the lower plate passage hole 344 is formed in the floor portion, but the partition member 461 is suspended from the ceiling portion. Regardless of whether the lower plate passage hole 344 is closed by the partition member 461 can be realized. For this reason, when the game ball pushes down the partition member 461 and flows down, the partition member 461 shifts to the non-partition state, so that the sound may diffuse upstream in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. In addition, it is possible to avoid that the sound from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is stopped or restricted.

  Since the enclosure 331 does not have the sound passage 333, the front door side passage unit 45 can be downsized and the air chamber 332 can be upsized as compared with the first embodiment. When the air chamber 332 is increased in size, it is possible to increase the size of the lower speaker 30a, that is, to use a speaker unit with a high output volume in the low frequency range as the lower speaker 30a.

<Fourth Embodiment>
In the first embodiment, the restriction member 363 is provided so that the lower dish passage hole 344 can be opened. However, in the fourth embodiment, the restriction member is provided in a state where the lower dish passage hole 344 cannot be opened. . The configuration of the front door side passage unit 45 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45.

  As shown in FIG. 39, as in the third embodiment, the front door side passage unit 45 does not have the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 are lower tray passages. The holes 344 communicate with each other. The lower dish passage hole 344 is provided in a state of being spanned between the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b. The lower dish passage hole 344 opens the air chamber 332 toward the side in the horizontal portion 342a, and opens the air chamber 332 upward in the vertical portion 342b. In this case, the output sound of the lower speaker 30 a is taken into both the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 from the lower dish passage hole 344.

  A regulation member 465 for regulating the outflow of game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344 is provided for the lower dish passage hole 344. The restricting member 465 has a pair of plate portions extending in a direction intersecting each other, and is arranged with one plate portion arranged in series with the horizontal portion 342a and the other plate portion arranged in series with the vertical portion. Has been. The regulating member 465 is fixed to the base plates 274a and 274b, the horizontal portion 342a, and the vertical portion 342b in a state where the lower plate passage hole 344 is closed. In this case, the regulating member 465 is in a state of entering the lower dish passage hole 344 so as not to hinder the flow of the game ball.

  The restricting member 465 has a frame part 466 extending along the inner peripheral surface of the lower dish passage hole 344 and a net part 467 provided inside the frame part 466. The frame portion 466 has two rectangular frames, one frame extending along the horizontal portion 342a, and the other frame extending along the vertical portion 342b. The net part 467 is a dividing part that divides the lower dish passage hole 344 into a plurality of parts, and permits transmission of sound through the lower dish passage hole 344 and restricts the outflow of game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344. Both are possible.

  The net portion 467 has a plurality of thin linear members such as wires and threads, and is formed by extending these linear members in a crossing direction. In the net portion 467, since the linear member is thin, it is difficult for the linear member to inhibit the transmission of sound. For example, compared to a configuration in which the regulating member 465 is not provided in the lower dish passage hole 344. However, the sound transmission efficiency in the lower dish passage hole 344 is not significantly reduced.

  According to the embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are obtained.

  Since the regulating member 465 does not open / close with respect to the lower plate passage hole 344, the regulating member 465 does not partition the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 into the upstream side and the downstream side. That is, it can be avoided that the flow of the game ball is obstructed by the regulating member 465. On the other hand, since the net portion 467 of the restricting member 465 is in a state where the lower dish passage hole 344 is divided into a plurality of parts, the restriction member 465 can restrict the game ball from flowing out of the lower dish passage hole 344. In addition, since the linear member of the mesh part 467 is made thin, the transmission efficiency of sound in the lower dish passage hole 344 is less likely to be lowered by the mesh part 467. For this reason, even if it does not open | release the control member 465, the volume of the sound discharge | released from the front door lower tray channel | path part 273 can be maintained appropriately.

  Since the regulating member 465 has the frame portion 466, the mesh portion 467 is fixed to the front door side passage forming portion 276 (the base plates 274a, 274b and the connecting plate 274c), so that the mesh portion 467 is fixed to the front door side. It can be fixed to the passage forming portion 276. In this case, since the strength of fixing the mesh portion 467 to the front door-side passage forming portion 276 is increased as compared with the configuration in which the mesh portion 467 is directly fixed to the front door-side passage forming portion 276, the game balls flowing down or piled up. Even when a load is applied from the game ball to the net portion 467, the net portion 467 can be prevented from being deformed or damaged.

<Other embodiments>
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of each embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, each of the following configurations may be individually applied to each of the above embodiments, or a part or all of them may be combined and applied to each of the above embodiments.

  (A1) In the first embodiment, the horn region 371 is bent by combining the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286 in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. However, as long as the horn region 371 is bent, the horn region 371 may have an oblique passage portion extending in an oblique direction, or a plurality of lateral passage portions stacked vertically may be combined.

  Further, the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the sound passage 333 may have a bent shape even if they do not have a linearly extending passage portion. For example, even if it is a meandering shape such as a wave shape, a bent shape is realized.

  (A2) In the first embodiment, the sound path 333 has a plurality of sound bends 357, but the sound path 333 may not have the sound bends 357. That is, the sound path 333 may be formed in a straight shape. Even in this case, if the sound path 333 has a horn shape, the low frequency range of the sound transmitted through the sound path 333 is easily amplified.

  (A3) In the first embodiment, the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 has the intermediate bent portion 304 and the downstream bent portion 305. However, the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 has these bent portions 304, 305 may not be included. That is, the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 may be formed in a straight shape. Even in this case, if the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 has a horn shape, the low frequency range of the sound transmitted through the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is easily amplified.

  (A4) In the first embodiment, the cross-sectional area of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is gradually increased from the upstream end portion toward the downstream end portion. The cross-sectional area of the portion 273 may be arbitrarily set on the upstream side of the lower dish passage hole 344. Even in this case, a configuration in which the cross-sectional area of the horn region 371 gradually increases toward the lower plate 34 can be realized.

  (A5) In the first embodiment, the restriction member 363 is provided for the lower dish passage hole 344 as the sound intake hole. However, the restriction member 363 may not be provided. In this case, since the outflow of the game ball from the lower tray passage hole 344 is not restricted by the restriction member 363, a dedicated passage for discharging the game ball to the lower plate 34 or the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is provided. It is preferable to be connected to the sound passage 333 and the air chamber 332. Thereby, even if a game ball flows out from the lower dish passage hole 344 to the sound path 333, the game ball can be discharged to the lower dish 34.

  (A6) In the first embodiment, the front door side passage unit 45 is formed by combining the base plates 274a, 274b and the connecting plate 274c. However, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage manufactured in advance are used. The front door side passage unit 45 may be formed by attaching 333 to the front door side passage forming portion 276 or the like. Even in this case, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 can be attached to the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14 together with the front door side passage forming portion 276 and the like. Thereby, the work burden at the time of attaching the air chamber 332, the sound channel | path 333, and the front door side channel | path formation part 276 to the base frame 231 can be reduced.

  (A7) In the first embodiment, in the front door frame 14, the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 are individually fixed to the base frame 231, while the lower speaker 30a Although the front door side passage unit 45 is not fixed, the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 may be fixed to each other. In this case, the lower speaker 30a can be attached to the front door side passage unit 45 in advance, and the front door side passage unit 45 and the lower speaker 30a can be attached together to the base frame 231. Thereby, the work burden at the time of attaching the front door side passage unit 45 and the lower speaker 30a to the base frame 231 can be reduced.

  (A8) In the first embodiment, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are arranged below the upper side passage portion 284 as the lower side of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. 332 and the sound passage 333 may be disposed below the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the vertical passage portion 285. In this case, the lower dish passage hole 344 is preferably disposed on the floor of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the vertical passage portion 285.

  In the second embodiment, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are disposed above the lower side passage portion 286 as the upper side of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. The upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 may be disposed above the sound passage 333, and the sound passage 333 may be disposed at a side position of the front door side upper dish passage portion 272. In this case, the lower dish passage hole 344 is preferably disposed in the ceiling of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 or the lower horizontal passage portion 286.

  Furthermore, in the third embodiment, the lower dish passage hole 344 is provided as a small hole on each of the floor portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. If the passage 333 is disposed on the upper side of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the lower dish passage hole 344 is provided in each of the ceiling portion of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. Also good. As a result, the direction of taking in sound intersects with the lower plate passage hole 344 of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the lower plate passage hole 344 of the vertical passage portion 285, so that the low range is easily amplified and the middle and high range is attenuated. Can create an easy-to-use environment.

  (A9) In the first embodiment, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are arranged below the lower plate passage such as the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 and the upper plate passage such as the front door side upper plate passage portion 272. However, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 may be disposed at a position overlapping the lower plate passage and the upper plate passage in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10.

  (B1) In the first embodiment, the rotation shaft portion is disposed at the upper end portion of the restriction member 363. However, in the restriction member 363, the rotation shaft portion is disposed at the lower end portion or an intermediate portion thereof. May be. For example, when the regulating member 363 having the rotation shaft portion disposed at the lower end portion is in a fully open state, the restriction member 363 is configured to extend downward from the lower end portion of the lower dish passage hole 344. Even in this configuration, the regulation drive unit 366 forcibly shifts the regulation member 363 to the closed state at a timing before the flowing game ball reaches the vicinity of the lower dish passage hole 344, so that the lower dish The outflow of the game ball from the passage hole 344 can be restricted by the restriction member 363.

  (B2) In the first embodiment, the outflow of the game ball from the lower dish passage hole 344 is restricted or permitted according to the state of the restriction member 363, but regardless of the state of the restriction member 363, The outflow of the game ball from the lower dish passage hole 344 may be configured to be restricted by the restriction member 363. For example, a rotation shaft portion is disposed at an intermediate portion of the regulating member 363, and the rotation shaft portion is disposed at a position where the lower dish passage hole 344 is divided vertically. In this configuration, since the outflow of the game ball from the lower dish passage hole 344 is restricted by the rotation shaft portion of the restriction member 363, the lower dish passage hole 344 is irrespective of the state of the sound being taken in from the lower dish passage hole 344. The outflow of game balls from can be controlled.

  (B3) In the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 is caught by the rotation stopper 365 so that the opening degree is not shifted to a larger state than the fully opened state. However, as in the third embodiment, The restriction member 363 may be configured to be able to shift to a state where the opening degree is larger than the fully opened state. For example, the rotation stopper 365 is not provided.

  (B4) In the first embodiment, the lower plate passage hole 344 is opened and closed by rotating the restriction member 363. However, the restriction member 363 opens and closes the lower plate passage hole 344 by sliding. May be. For example, the restricting member 363 is configured to be provided in a state of being superimposed on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 (the vertical portion 342b of the lower dish passage partitioning portion 342). In this configuration, the regulating member 363 is slid in a direction in which the overlap with the vertical portion 342b is reduced to close the lower dish passage hole 344, and is slid in a direction in which the overlap with the vertical portion 342b is increased. The lower dish passage hole 344 can be opened. Even in this configuration, if the restricting member 363 has an extending portion extending toward the inside of the vertical passage portion 285, the restricting member 363 is opened by being pushed by the game ball that has flowed down. It is possible to shift from the closed state to the closed state.

  Further, the regulating member 363 may open and close the lower dish passage hole 344 by elastic deformation. For example, the restricting member 363 is formed of an elastically deformable material such as rubber and is configured to be fully opened. In this configuration, when the restricting member 363 is pushed by the game ball that has flowed down, the restricting member 363 is elastically deformed in a direction to reduce the opening degree with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344, and the game ball passes and is released. Thus, returning to the original shape shifts to the fully open state. In this configuration, since the regulating member 363 can shift to a state where the opening degree is larger than the fully opened state (partitioned state), even when the game balls are stacked in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, It is possible to suppress the restriction member 363 from being damaged or from being blocked by a game ball.

  (B5) In the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 is rotatably provided in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. However, the restricting member 363 is provided rotatably in the sound passage 333. Also good. For example, the lower plate passage hole 344 is opened regardless of whether the regulating member 363 in the closed state rotates toward the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 side or the sound passage 333 side.

  (B6) In the first embodiment, when the sound restriction effect is performed, the restriction member 363 is shifted to the closed state. However, the volume of the sound emitted from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is low. If restricted, the opening degree of the regulating member 363 relative to the lower dish passage hole 344 may be reduced. In this case, the opening degree of the restricting member 363 only needs to be smaller than when the sound restriction effect is not performed.

  (B7) In the first embodiment, the sound restriction effect can be performed when the variation display mode on the symbol display device 75 is one of the super reach A to C. If it is, or if it is completely off, the sound restriction effect may be executable. In any case, it is possible to increase the player's expectation with respect to the result of stopping the variable display.

  (B8) In the first embodiment, the sound limit effect is started at the timing when the super reach effect is started. However, the sound limit effect is generated after a predetermined time has elapsed since the super reach effect was started. The configuration may be started. Thereby, while expectation of a player can be raised, the variation of a sound restriction effect can be increased.

  (B9) In the first embodiment, when the game is being played, that is, when the symbol display is performed on the symbol display device 75, the sound restriction effect can be executed. The sound restriction effect may be executable when the symbol variation display is not performed. For example, the sound restriction effect may be executable when the winning / raising lottery mode is in the high probability mode. In any case, since the state where the possibility that the privilege is given to the player is high and the state where the privilege is not high are differentiated by the sound restriction effect, the expectation for the privilege provision can be increased by the sound restriction effect.

  (B10) In the first embodiment, the regulation member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state when the lower plate is full, when in the opening / closing execution mode, or when performing a sound restriction effect. In addition, when the fraud is detected by the fraud detection process (step S202) or when the standby display is performed on the symbol display device 75 by the demonstration display process (step S217), the restriction member 363 is It may be forcibly shifted to the closed state.

  (B11) In the first embodiment, the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a is taken into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, but the front side, not the back side of the lower speaker 30a. It is good also as a structure by which the sound output from the side is taken in into the front door side lower tray channel | path part 273. For example, in the front door side passage unit 45, the speaker opening 336 is provided in the rear base plate 274b, so that the air chamber 332 is opened toward the rear of the pachinko machine. In this configuration, the air chamber 332 is not open toward the front of the pachinko machine, and the front portion of the lower speaker 30a enters the air chamber 332 through the speaker opening 336. In this case, the output sound from the front side of the lower speaker 30a is emitted toward the lower plate 34 through the front door side lower plate passage portion 273.

  (C1) In the first embodiment, the rotation shaft portion of the regulating member 363 serving as the partition is provided with respect to the upper end portion of the lower plate passage hole 344. However, the regulating member 363 has the lower plate passage hole. You may arrange | position in the position spaced apart from 344 to the upstream. For example, when the restricting member 363 is in the partitioning state, the upper lateral passage portion 284 is disposed at a position that partitions the upstream lateral passage portion 284 into an upstream side and a downstream side at an intermediate position of the upper lateral passage portion 284.

  (C2) In the first embodiment, the rotation tip of the regulation member 363 in the partitioned state is hooked on the rotation stopper 365, but the rotation base end of the regulation member 363 in the partition state Alternatively, the side end portion and the intermediate portion may be hooked on the rotation stopper 365. Further, the rotation stopper 365 is not provided on the outer peripheral portion of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 but may be provided on the restriction member 363 or the rotation shaft portion of the restriction member 363. Furthermore, the regulating member 363 may be held in a partitioned state by being caught on the inner peripheral surface of the front door side passage forming portion 276.

  (C3) In the first embodiment, the regulation member 363 is held in the partitioned state by being caught by the rotation stopper 365. However, the regulation drive unit 366 has a function of regulating the rotation of the regulation member 363. The regulating member 363 may be held in a partitioned state.

  (C4) In the first embodiment, the restriction member 363 is forcibly shifted to the closed state when the gaming state is in the opening / closing execution mode. However, when the gaming state is in the high frequency support mode, the restriction member 363 is closed. You may forcibly shift to the state. Further, even in the open / close execution mode, the configuration is such that if the winning jackpot is won, the regulating member 363 is shifted to the closed state, and if the winning jackpot is normally won, the regulating member 363 is not shifted to the closed state. Also good.

  (D1) In the first embodiment, the lower plate passage hole 344 extends downward from the horizontal portion 342a in the vertical portion 342b of the lower plate passage partition 342. You may arrange | position in the position spaced apart downward from the part 342a. Even in this case, the lower dish passage hole 344 can be arranged at a position away from the flow path of the game balls.

  (D2) In the first embodiment, in the vertical passage portion 285, the lower dish passage hole 344 is disposed in the vertical portion 342b on the upper horizontal passage portion 284 side of the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. The dish passage hole 344 may be disposed in a side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 opposite to the upper horizontal passage portion 284 or in a side surface portion disposed before and after the vertical passage portion 285. Even in this case, it is possible to arrange the lower dish passage hole 344 at a position separated from the flow path of the game ball.

  (D3) In the first embodiment, the lower dish passage hole 344 has a size and a shape that allow the game ball to pass therethrough. However, the lower dish passage hole 344 has a size and a shape that prevents the game ball from passing therethrough. You may have. Examples of the lower dish passage hole 344 include a long hole extending in the flow direction of the game ball, and a long hole extending in the thickness direction of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273.

  (D4) In the first embodiment, the regulating member 363 has a function of blocking the transmission of sound in the air. However, the regulating member 363 has a game from the lower dish passage hole 344 when in the closed state. As long as it regulates the outflow of a sphere, it does not have to have a function of blocking the transmission of sound in the air. For example, the regulating member 363 of the first embodiment may have a net portion 467 as a dividing unit like the regulating member 465 of the fourth embodiment.

  (D5) In the fourth embodiment, the restriction member 465 has the net part 467 as a dividing means for dividing the lower dish passage hole 344 into a plurality of parts. However, the restriction member 465 is a bar member or a lattice member. You may have a dividing means. For example, the restricting member 465 includes a bar member that divides the lower dish passage hole 344 in the vertical direction, and the bar member is fixed to the frame portion 466. In this configuration, by dividing the lower plate passage hole 344 into a size and shape that the game ball cannot pass, the outflow of the game ball from the lower plate passage hole 344 is restricted, while the lower plate passage hole 344 is prevented from flowing out from the lower plate passage hole 344. Sound capture is performed.

  If the mesh of the mesh portion 467 is very rough, or if the bar member that partitions the lower dish passage hole 344 is very thin, it is assumed that the influence of these dividing means on the transmission of sound is extremely small. For this reason, in the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 is provided in a state where the lower plate passage hole 344 cannot be opened, and a dividing means is provided for the lower plate passage hole 344 that exists at an intermediate position of the horn region 371. However, in the horn region 371, it is possible to maintain the ease of amplification in the low sound region and the ease of attenuation in the middle and high sound region.

  (D6) In the first embodiment, the fullness detection sensor 280 is provided for the lower horizontal passage portion 286. However, if the fullness detection sensor 280 is located downstream of the lower dish passage hole 344, You may provide with respect to the plate | board 34, the 1st bulb | ball inlet 34a, and the vertical channel | path part 285. FIG. Further, in the configuration in which the lower plate passage hole 344 is provided for the upper horizontal passage portion 284, if the full detection sensor 280 is located downstream from the lower plate passage hole 344, the upper plate horizontal passage portion 284 has It may be provided.

  (E1) In each of the above embodiments, the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided in the lower tray passage with respect to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. However, the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided on the inner frame side lower tray passage. It may be provided for the portion 263 and the back pack side lower dish passage portion 259.

  (E2) In each of the above embodiments, the two ball trays, the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34, are provided, but one ball plate may be provided. For example, an intake hole is provided in the ball passage connected to the ball tray, and the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is taken into the ball passage from the intake hole. Even in this configuration, the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is emitted forward from the spherical passage.

  (E3) In each of the above embodiments, the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is emitted from the lower dish passage (front door lower dish passage portion 273), but the upper dish passage, the foul ball passage 118, and the ball removal It is good also as a structure discharge | released from the discharge path of the channel | path 242 and the discharge channel board 203. FIG. For example, in the upper plate passage, a sound intake hole is provided in the outer peripheral portion of the front door side upper plate passage portion 272, and the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is taken into the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 through the sound pickup hole. The taken-in sound is configured to be discharged from the front door side upper dish passage portion 272 toward the upper dish 33.

  (E4) Other types of pachinko machines different from the above embodiment, for example, a pachinko machine in which an electric accessory is released a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device, or a game ball in a specific area of a special device The present invention can also be applied to a pachinko machine that generates a big hit when entering, a pachinko machine equipped with other objects, an arrangement ball machine, a sparrow ball, and the like.

  Further, the gaming machine main body supported by the outer frame so as to be openable and closable is provided with a storage unit and a capture device, and the start lever is operated after a predetermined number of game balls stored in the storage unit are captured by the capture device. Thus, the present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused to start the rotation of the reel.

<Invention Group Extracted from the Embodiments>
Hereinafter, the features of the invention group extracted from the above-described embodiments will be described while showing effects and the like as necessary. In the following, for easy understanding, the corresponding configuration in the above embodiment is appropriately shown in parentheses and the like, but is not limited to the specific configuration shown in parentheses and the like.

<Feature A group>
The invention of the following feature group A is effective for the following problems.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine includes a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as a speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine.

Feature A1. A ball tray (lower plate 34) that is provided exposed in the front of the gaming machine and stores game balls;
A ball path for discharging game balls to the ball tray (back pack side lower dish path part 259, inner frame side lower dish path part 263, front door side lower dish path part 273, first ball inlet 34a);
A speaker (lower speaker 30a) that has a diaphragm (diaphragm 30b) and outputs sound in accordance with the vibration of the diaphragm;
An enclosure (enclosure 331) that emits sound output from the back side of the speaker to the front of the gaming machine;
With
The enclosure has an air chamber (air chamber 332) that houses the back side of the speaker,
A sound intake hole (lower plate passage hole 344) for taking sound output from the back side of the speaker to the air chamber into the spherical passage is provided on the outer periphery of the spherical passage,
The ball passage is included in the enclosure by communicating with the air chamber via the sound intake hole, and the sound taken into the ball passage from the sound intake hole is directed toward the ball receiving tray. A gaming machine characterized by being discharged.

  According to the feature A1, since the speaker has a specific diaphragm, when the sound is output from the speaker, the outer peripheral portion of the spherical passage does not need to play a role as an external diaphragm. For this reason, even if it is the structure by which a sound is emitted ahead of a game machine through a ball path, the vibration of the diaphragm of a speaker is not inhibited by the game ball which exists in a ball path. Therefore, it can suppress that the sound quality about the sound discharge | released ahead of a game machine through a ball path | route falls by presence of a game ball.

  Here, in a speaker having a diaphragm, the output sound from the back side cancels each other because the phase of the output sound from the back side is reversed with respect to the output sound from the front side. There is a concern that will become smaller. On the other hand, according to this feature, since the ball passage is included in the enclosure, the output sound from the back side of the speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine via the ball passage, so that from the front side. Will be out of phase with respect to the output sound. For this reason, it is difficult to cancel the sounds output before and after the speaker, and the output capability of the speaker can be prevented from being lowered, for example, the volume of the low sound range is reduced.

  In addition, in the configuration in which the rear side of the speaker is housed in the air chamber, there is a concern that the enclosure including the air chamber is enlarged. On the other hand, according to this feature, since the enclosure is configured to include a spherical passage, the enclosure can be reduced in size as compared with a configuration in which the entire enclosure is formed by a dedicated space. As a result, the enclosure can be properly arranged in a narrow space inside the gaming machine.

  As described above, it is possible to provide a configuration that is suitable for releasing the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

  Since the output sound from the speaker is emitted from the ball passage, when the ball tray is full of game balls, the ball passage is blocked by the game balls and the sound is not easily emitted from the ball passage. turn into. Here, since the sound is one element for the player to enjoy the game, if it is difficult to hear the sound due to the ball tray being full, the game is heard by listening to the sound. It is thought that the full state of the ball tray is canceled to enjoy the game. Therefore, releasing the sound from the ball passage also realizes a configuration that prompts the player to discharge the game ball from the ball tray.

  Feature A2. In the spherical passage, a portion (horn region 371) on the downstream side of the communicating portion with the air chamber has a horn shape that is thickened as it approaches the spherical tray from the air chamber as a whole. The gaming machine according to feature A1.

  According to the feature A2, since the spherical passage has a horn shape, the low frequency range of the sound passing through the spherical passage is easily amplified. For this reason, about the output sound from the back side of a speaker, the volume of the low frequency range which tends to be insufficient when it is output from the speaker can be increased by passing through the ball passage.

  Feature A3. The gaming machine according to Feature A2, wherein the downstream portion of the ball passage has a ball corner portion (intermediate bend portion 304, downstream bend portion 305) that changes the flow direction of the game ball. .

  According to the feature A3, in the ball passage, the speed of the game ball flowing down is easily reduced at the ball corner portion, and the mid-high range of the sound is easily attenuated by passing through the ball corner portion. ing. For this reason, it is possible to make the low sound range noticeable with respect to the sound emitted from the ball passage by using a configuration for preventing the game ball from being discharged to the ball tray while maintaining an excessive momentum. That is, in the speaker system, the function as a back load horn can be exhibited in the ball passage.

Feature A4. The spherical passage has a plurality of passage portions (upper horizontal passage portion 284, vertical passage portion 285, lower horizontal passage portion 286) extending linearly,
The game according to Feature A2, wherein the connection portion extending in different directions and connected to the adjacent passage portions is a ball corner portion (intermediate bend portion 304) that changes the flow-down direction of the game ball. Machine.

  According to the feature A4, since the passage portion connected by the ball corner portion extends linearly, the game ball can be accelerated to some extent by the straight portion of the passage portion. Thereby, it can suppress that the momentum of the game ball which flows down a ball path is restrict | limited too much, and ball clogging generate | occur | produces in a ball path.

  In addition, the presence of the sphere corner portion makes it easy to attenuate the mid-high range of the sound passing through the sphere passage, so that it is possible to make the low range remarkably audible for the sound emitted from the sphere passage. That is, in the speaker system, the function as a back load horn can be exhibited in the ball passage.

Feature A5. The enclosure as a whole has a horn part (horn region 371) that is thickened as it approaches the ball tray from the air chamber,
The horn section includes the spherical passage and a sound passage (sound passage 333) connecting the spherical passage and the air chamber, according to any one of features A1 to A4, Gaming machine.

  When forming the horn part in the enclosure, there is a concern that the length dimension of the horn part is insufficient with only the ball passage. On the other hand, according to the feature A5, since the horn portion is formed by the sound passage in addition to the ball passage, the length dimension of the horn portion is sufficiently secured by connecting the sound passage to the ball passage. be able to. In this case, since the low frequency range of the sound output from the back side of the speaker is sufficiently amplified by the horn unit, the volume of the low frequency range, which is often insufficient only by the sound output from the front side of the speaker, is obtained from the horn unit. Can be supplemented with the output sound.

  Feature A6. The game machine according to Feature A5, wherein the sound path includes a sound corner portion (sound bend portion 357) that changes a direction in which sound is transmitted.

  According to the feature A6, since the sound path has a sound corner portion, the horn portion can function as a back load horn. In addition, since the sound passage has a sound corner portion in the horn portion, the ball passage does not necessarily have a ball corner portion. It is possible to avoid that the degree of freedom is reduced by including a ball passage in. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately form the back load horn using the ball passage while preventing the game ball from flowing down in the ball passage.

  Feature A7. The horn portion includes an outflow restricting portion (a restricting member 363) that restricts a game ball from flowing out of the ball passage into the sound passage through the sound intake hole. Gaming machine.

  The horn section has a function that amplifies the low frequency range of the sound by increasing the cross-sectional area as it approaches the ball tray from the air chamber, so that the sound is taken into the connection part between the sound path and the ball path. In the configuration in which the hole is formed, the opening area of the sound intake hole is set according to the cross-sectional area of the spherical passage on the downstream side. In this case, since the ball passage is set to a size and shape that allows the game ball to pass through, the sound intake hole is also likely to have a size and shape that allows the game ball to pass through. There is a concern that game balls may leak out.

  On the other hand, according to the feature A7, it can be prevented that the game ball flowing down the ball passage is not properly discharged to the ball tray due to the game ball flowing out into the sound passage. Moreover, it can also be suppressed that a game ball is clogged in the sound passage or the air chamber and sound is not properly emitted from the horn part.

  Feature A8. The outflow restricting portion regulates the outflow of the game ball to the sound passage from a non-restricted state where the outflow of the game ball to the sound passage is not restricted by being pressed by the game ball flowing down the ball passage. The gaming machine according to Feature A7, which shifts to a restricted state.

  According to the feature A8, when the flowing game ball approaches the sound intake hole, the outflow restricting portion shifts to the restricted state by being pressed by the game ball, so that the outflow of the game ball to the sound path is prevented. It can be regulated reliably. Here, when the outflow of the game ball to the sound passage is restricted by the outflow restricting portion, there is a concern that the outflow restricting portion may restrict the transmission of sound from the sound passage to the ball passage. On the other hand, according to this feature, when the flowing game ball is not approaching the sound intake hole, the outflow restricting portion can be held in an unregulated state. There is no need to restrict the transmission of sound to the passage. Therefore, both sound emission from the ball passage and game ball discharge can be performed appropriately.

  Feature A9. The gaming machine according to Feature A8, wherein the outflow restricting unit returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state when the game ball passes and the press is released.

  According to feature A9, when the game ball passes around the sound intake hole in the ball passage, the outflow restricting portion is in a restricted state only for a very short period. It can be very short. Therefore, even if the outflow of the game ball to the sound path is restricted, it is possible to suppress the effect of the presentation effect due to the sound emitted from the ball path from being significantly reduced.

  In addition, as the configuration in which the outflow restricting portion returns from the restricted state to the unregulated state, the outflow restricting portion is elastically deformed due to the transition from the unregulated state to the restricted state, and is caused by the elastic deformation. A configuration including an urging member that returns the outflow regulating portion from the restricted state to the non-regulated state by an urging force, or a configuration in which the outflow regulating portion returns from the restricted state to the unregulated state by the weight of the outflow regulating portion. Is mentioned.

  Feature A10. The outflow restricting portion is in a partitioned state in which the ball passage is partitioned into an upstream side and a downstream side as the non-restricted state when not pressed by a flowing game ball. The gaming machine described in 1.

  According to the feature A10, since the outflow restricting portion in the non-regulated state is present on the flow path of the game ball in the ball passage, the game ball flowing down the ball passage is in the restricted state from the unregulated state to the outflow restricting portion. The structure which presses in the direction which transfers to (1) is realizable.

  In addition, if the outflow restricting portion is formed of a member that restricts the transmission of sound such as a plate material, the outflow restricting portion is configured such that when the outflow restricting portion is in an unregulated state, the sound taken into the ball passage through the sound intake hole is downstream. While the transmission to the side (ball tray) is not restricted, the transmission of the sound to the upstream side (the side opposite to the ball tray) is restricted. In this case, since the sound transmitted to the ball passage through the sound intake hole is prevented from diffusing toward the upstream side of the ball passage, the game from the ball passage can be compared with a configuration in which the transmission of the sound to the upstream side is not restricted. The sound emitted in front of the aircraft can be increased.

Feature A11. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13) having the gaming board;
A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) that has the ball tray and is provided to be rotatable forward of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine body;
With
The ball passage has a front passage portion (front door lower tray passage portion 273) that is provided on the front body of the gaming machine and communicates with the ball tray.
The game machine front body includes a passage unit (a front door side passage unit 45) that forms the air chamber and the front passage portion, according to any one of features A1 to A10, Gaming machine.

  According to the feature A11, since the front passage portion and the air chamber are integrated with each other to form a passage unit, the front passage portion and the air chamber are individually mounted on the gaming machine front body. There is no need to carry out any major work. Moreover, it can also suppress that sound leakage generate | occur | produces between a front channel | path part and an air chamber by manufacturing a channel | path unit beforehand.

Feature A12. The gaming machine front body has a base body (base frame 231) to which the speaker and the passage unit are attached;
The passage unit has a speaker opening (speaker opening 336) that opens the air chamber toward the speaker, and the rear portion of the speaker is stored in the air chamber through the speaker opening. The gaming machine according to Feature A11, wherein the gaming machine is attached to the back surface of the base body.

  According to the feature A12, since the opening for the speaker is formed in the passage unit, it is possible to attach the speaker to the base body of the gaming machine front body in advance and then attach the passage unit to the base body. Become. That is, the passage unit and the speaker can be separately attached to the base body.

  Here, in the speaker, sound is output along with the vibration of the diaphragm. Therefore, it is preferable that the speaker is firmly attached to the front body of the gaming machine so that the fixed state does not become unstable due to the vibration. On the other hand, by separately attaching the passage unit and the speaker to the base body, the speaker can be directly fixed to the base body rather than being fixed to the base body via the passage unit. A sufficient fixing strength of the speaker to the base body can be ensured.

  Feature A13. The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A12, wherein the air chamber is arranged at a position that does not overlap the ball path in the longitudinal direction of the gaming machine.

  According to the feature A13, since the air chamber is arranged at a position where it does not overlap the ball passage in the longitudinal direction of the gaming machine, the thickness dimension of the gaming machine becomes excessively large by installing the speaker system in the gaming machine. Can be suppressed. In addition, after realizing a configuration that improves sound quality with the enclosure, the side position of the ball passage in the gaming machine width direction, the upper position, and the lower position are not used as dead spaces but are effectively used as air chamber installation spaces can do.

  Feature A14. The game machine according to any one of features A1 to A13, wherein the sound intake hole is provided at a separated position separated from a flow path of the game ball on an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage.

  In the configuration in which the sound intake hole is formed in the outer periphery of the ball passage, the game ball passing through the ball passage flows out from the sound intake hole to the air chamber side, and the sound intake hole becomes a factor that hinders the flow of the game ball. There is concern. On the other hand, according to the feature A14, since the sound intake hole is separated from the flow path of the game ball, the sound intake hole inhibits the flow of the game ball and the game ball flows out of the ball passage. This can be suppressed. In addition, since the sound capturing hole is separated from the flow path of the game ball, the sound capturing hole is not easily blocked by the flowing game ball. The sound output from is properly taken into the ball passage through the sound taking hole. Therefore, it is possible to realize a configuration in which both the game ball and the sound are properly discharged from the ball passage to the ball tray.

Feature A15. The ball passage has lateral passage portions (upper lateral passage portion 284, lower lateral passage portion 286) extending in the gaming machine width direction or depth direction,
The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A14, wherein the air chamber is disposed below the lateral passage portion.

  In the configuration in which the ball passage has a lateral passage portion, the game ball that has not been introduced into the ball passage can be guided to a predetermined position by flowing down along the upper surface of the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage. That is, the space above the ball passage can be effectively used as a collection space for game balls.

  On the other hand, according to the feature A15, the space below the horizontal passage portion can be effectively used as the installation space for the air chamber. Thereby, in a limited space inside the gaming machine, a speaker system can be suitably constructed without restricting other functions related to the ball passage.

Feature A16. The ball passage is
It has a longitudinal passage portion (vertical passage portion 285) that is disposed downstream of the transverse passage portion and extends downward from the downstream end portion of the transverse passage portion,
The game machine according to Feature A15, wherein the sound intake hole is provided in a side surface portion of the vertical passage portion (the vertical portion 342b of the lower dish passage partitioning portion 342) below the horizontal passage portion.

  In the configuration where the air chamber and the ball passage communicate with each other through the sound intake hole, the game ball passing through the ball passage flows out of the sound intake hole to the air chamber side, and the factor that the sound intake hole inhibits the flow of the game ball There is concern about becoming. In particular, in the configuration in which the air chamber is disposed below the lateral passage portion, it is assumed that a sound capturing hole is formed in the lower surface portion of the lateral passage portion. There is a concern that the sound intake hole may flow out from the hole to the air chamber side or inhibit the flow of the game ball in the lateral passage portion.

  On the other hand, according to the feature A16, since the sound intake hole is arranged at the position of the corner portion side of the vertical passage portion and the horizontal passage portion in the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion, The game ball that has passed through it flows down the vertical passage while moving away from the sound intake hole. In this case, since it is difficult for the game ball to pass over the sound intake hole or to flow down toward the sound intake hole, the game ball flowing down the vertical passage portion moves from the sound intake hole to the air chamber side. It is possible to suppress the outflow and the sound intake hole inhibiting the flow of the game ball in the vertical passage portion.

  Feature A17. The sound intake hole extends downward from a floor portion of the horizontal passage portion (a horizontal portion 342a of the lower dish passage partition portion 342) in a side surface portion of the vertical passage portion. Game machines.

  According to the feature A17, since the sound intake hole can be arranged immediately below the horizontal passage portion in the vertical passage portion, it is more sure that the game ball flowing down from the horizontal passage portion toward the vertical passage portion contacts the sound intake hole. Can be suppressed. Therefore, even if the sound intake hole is formed in the vertical passage portion, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the game ball is properly discharged to the ball tray regardless of the sound intake hole.

Feature A18. A game board (game board 60a) in which a game area where game balls flow down is formed;
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on the launching device;
A guide rail (guide rail 100) that is provided on the game board and guides the game ball fired from the game ball launching means toward the game area;
A recovery passage (fouling) having a recovery port (recovery port 281a) for recovering the game ball flowing backward on the guide rail toward the game ball launching means and guiding the recovered game ball toward the ball tray Ball passage 118),
With
The gaming machine according to any one of features A15 to A17, wherein the recovery passage is provided above the horizontal passage portion in a state of extending along the horizontal passage portion.

  According to the feature A18, in the configuration in which the upper space of the lateral passage portion is used as a collection space for the foul ball that has flowed backward from the game area, the air chamber is disposed below the lateral passage portion. By installing this air chamber, it is possible to avoid restricting the arrangement of the collection passage and reducing the function of the collection passage.

Feature A19. A gaming machine body (inner frame 13) having a gaming board (gaming board 60a);
A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) that has the ball tray and is provided to be rotatable forward of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine body;
With
The ball passage is
A first passage portion (front door side lower tray passage portion 273) that is provided in the front body of the gaming machine and guides the game balls received at the entrance portion (outer opening portion 279) to the ball tray;
A second passage portion (back pack side lower tray passage portion 259, inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263) that configures the upstream side of the first passage portion and guides the game ball to the inlet portion;
Have
A ball receiving passage (ball receiving passage 289) for receiving a game ball overflowing from the entrance portion as the gaming machine front body is opened with respect to the gaming machine main body and guiding the received game ball to the collection port is provided in the horizontal direction. The gaming machine according to any one of features A15 to A18, wherein the gaming machine is provided on an upper side of the lateral passage portion in a state of extending along the passage portion.

  According to the feature A19, the upper space of the horizontal passage portion is used as a collection space for overflowing balls overflowing from the inlet portion of the first passage portion, and therefore an air chamber is disposed below the horizontal passage portion. Thus, it can be avoided that the air chamber restricts the arrangement of the collection passage and the ball receiving passage and the functions of the collection passage and the ball receiving passage are deteriorated.

  Feature A20. The game machine according to any one of features A1 to A19, wherein the air chamber is arranged above the ball passage.

  According to the feature A20, the space above the ball passage can be effectively used as an installation space for the air chamber.

  Feature A21. The game machine according to Feature A20, wherein the sound intake hole is provided in a ceiling portion of the ball passage (a vertical passage portion 452b of the lower dish passage partitioning portion 452).

  According to the feature A21, since the sound intake hole is formed in the upper surface portion of the horizontal passage portion, it is difficult for the flowing game ball to contact the sound intake hole in the horizontal passage portion itself. . For this reason, it can suppress that the game ball which flows down the horizontal passage part flows out from the sound intake hole to the air chamber side, and that the sound intake hole inhibits the flow of the game ball in the horizontal passage part.

  Feature A22. The game machine according to any one of features A1 to A21, wherein a plurality of the sound intake holes are provided as small holes through which a game ball does not pass.

  According to the feature A22, since the game ball cannot pass through the sound intake hole which is a small hole, the outflow of the game ball from the ball passage can be suppressed. In addition, since the output sound from the back side of the speaker passes through a plurality of small holes, the mid-high range of the sound is easily attenuated, so that the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is noticeable. Can be. For this reason, the effect for low sound can be enhanced by using a configuration for preventing the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage.

Feature A23. The ball passage includes a horizontal passage portion (upper horizontal passage portion 284) extending in the width direction or depth direction of the gaming machine and a vertical passage portion (vertical passage portion 285) connected to the horizontal passage portion and extending in the vertical direction. Have
Any one of the characteristics A1 to A22, wherein the sound intake hole is provided as a small hole through which a game ball does not pass and is provided in each of the outer peripheral portions of the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion. The gaming machine described in one.

  According to the feature A23, since the game ball cannot pass through the sound intake hole which is a small hole, the outflow of the game ball from the ball passage can be suppressed. In addition, since the output sound from the back side of the speaker passes through a plurality of small holes, the mid-high range of the sound is easily attenuated, so that the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is noticeable. Can be. For this reason, the effect for low sound can be enhanced by using a configuration for preventing the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage.

  Furthermore, since the direction in which the sound is transmitted from the air chamber is different between the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion, it is possible to create an environment in which the low frequency range of the sound is easily amplified and the middle and high frequency ranges are easily attenuated. Thereby, the production effect by the bass can be further enhanced.

<Feature B group>
The invention of the following feature group B is effective for the following problems.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine includes a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as a speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine.

Feature B1. A ball tray (lower plate 34) that is provided exposed in the front of the gaming machine and stores game balls;
A ball passage (front door lower tray passage portion 273) for discharging the game ball to the ball tray,
A speaker (lower speaker 30a) that has a diaphragm (diaphragm 30b) and outputs sound in accordance with the vibration of the diaphragm;
A sound intake hole (lower plate passage hole 344) provided in an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage (vertical portion 342b of the lower plate passage partition 342) for taking the sound output from the speaker into the ball passage;
An opening / closing body (regulating member 363) for opening and closing the sound intake hole;
With
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the opening / closing body regulates an output sound from the speaker from being taken into the ball passage through the sound taking hole according to an opening degree with respect to the sound taking hole.

  According to the feature B1, since the speaker has a specific diaphragm, when the sound is output from the speaker, the outer peripheral portion of the spherical passage does not need to play a role as an external diaphragm. For this reason, the release of sound from the ball passage is stopped by simply closing the sound intake hole with the opening / closing body. In this case, since it becomes possible to stop the sound emission from the ball passage without stopping the output of the sound from the speaker, for example, the sound emitting part for emitting the output sound from the speaker is provided on the other side of the ball passage. If it is the structure also provided, while releasing the sound from another sound emission part can be continued, discharge | release of the sound from a spherical passage can be stopped.

  As described above, the degree of freedom can be increased with respect to the aspect in which the output sound from the speaker is released to the outside of the gaming machine. In other words, it is possible to provide a configuration that is suitable for releasing the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

  In addition, when the sound intake hole is closed by the opening / closing body, even when the transmission / reception body cannot block transmission of all sounds, the opening / closing body is open and closed from the ball passage. It is possible to make a difference in the volume of the emitted sound. For this reason, a freedom degree can be raised regarding the aspect by which the output sound from a speaker is discharge | released outside a game machine.

  Feature B2. The gaming machine according to Feature B1, wherein the opening / closing body performs a closing operation to reduce the opening when pressed by a game ball flowing down the ball passage.

  According to the feature B2, when the game ball flowing down presses the opening / closing body, the opening / closing body performs a closing operation, so that the output sound from the speaker is restricted from being transmitted to the ball path. For this reason, even if the opening / closing body is not forcibly closed by a driving unit such as a motor, it is possible to limit the emission of sound from the spherical passage. In this way, by using the flow of the game ball, the degree of freedom can be increased with respect to the sound emission mode to the outside of the gaming machine.

  In addition, the player can detect that the game ball is discharged to the ball tray through the ball passage when the sound emitted from the ball passage is interrupted.

  Feature B3. The game machine according to Feature B2, wherein the opening / closing body performs an opening operation to increase the opening degree when the game ball passes and the press is released.

  According to the feature B3, in the configuration in which the flowing game ball closes the opening / closing body, the opening / closing body performs the opening operation after the game ball has passed, so that the release of sound from the ball passage is restricted by the opening / closing body. The period of time is extremely short. In this case, since a plurality of game balls flow down the ball passage, the sound emitted from the ball passage is instantaneously interrupted, so that the gaming machine is adapted to the manner in which the game balls are paid out to the ball tray. The sound emission mode to the outside changes. For this reason, the production effect can be enhanced by the sound emitted from the ball passage.

  Further, the player can detect the number of game balls to be paid out to the ball receiving tray from the state of sound interruption without viewing the ball receiving tray.

  The opening / closing body is elastically deformed as the opening degree of the opening / closing body becomes small as the opening degree with respect to the sound intake hole increases as the game ball passes through and the pressure is released. A configuration including an urging member that increases the opening of the opening / closing body by an urging force generated by the elastic deformation, or a configuration in which the outflow regulating portion returns from the restricted state to the non-regulated state by its own weight. Can be mentioned.

  Feature B4. The opening / closing body opens and closes the sound intake hole by rotating and is pressed by a game ball flowing down the ball passage when the opening / closing body is open toward the ball passage side. The gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B3, wherein a closing operation for reducing the opening degree can be performed.

  According to the feature B4, a configuration in which the opening / closing body is closed when the flowing game ball presses the opening / closing body can be realized by simply providing the opening / closing body so as to be rotatable. Thereby, a freedom degree can be raised regarding the discharge | release mode of the sound to the exterior of a game machine by utilizing the flow-down of a game ball.

  Feature B5. When the opening and closing body is not pressed by a game ball, the open state is in a partitioned state in which the ball passage is partitioned into an upstream side and a downstream side upstream of the sound intake hole. The gaming machine according to Feature B4.

  According to the feature B5, when the opening / closing body is in the partitioned state, the game ball flowing down the ball passage presses the opening / closing body toward the downstream side. For this reason, the sound emission mode from the ball passage can be reliably changed in accordance with the flow of the game ball. In addition, when the opening / closing body is in a partitioning state, the opening / closing body regulates that the sound taken into the ball passage through the sound taking hole is transmitted to the upstream side, so that transmission of the sound to the upstream side is not restricted Compared to the above, the sound emitted from the ball passage can be increased.

Feature B6. A drive unit (regulatory drive unit 366) for opening and closing the opening and closing body;
A control means (sub MPU 432 of the notification / production control device 143) that shifts the open / close body between a closed state and an open state by performing drive control of the drive unit;
A gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B5, wherein:

  According to the feature B6, the control unit forcibly shifts the opening / closing body to the closed state, so that it is possible to stop the sound emission from the ball passage at any timing without stopping the driving of the speaker. become. In this case, the state in which sound emission from the ball passage is stopped (opening / closing body is in a closed state) and the state in which sound emission from the ball passage is not stopped (opening / closing body is in an open state) can be properly used. Since this becomes possible, it is possible to diversify the production by the sound emitted from the ball passage.

Feature B7. The control means includes
Effect determination means for determining whether or not to perform a sound restriction effect that restricts the release of sound to the outside of the gaming machine (function to execute the processes of steps S805 and S806);
When it is determined by the effect determination means that the sound restriction effect is to be performed, a closing execution means for holding the opening / closing body in a closed state for a predetermined period (a function for executing the processes of steps S803 and S807);
A gaming machine according to Feature B6, wherein

  According to the feature B7, if the state in which the sound is being emitted from the ball passage is an effect that is normally performed, the state in which the sound emission from the ball passage is stopped is used as one of the effects (sound restriction effect). be able to. Moreover, since it is possible to both start the sound limit effect at an arbitrary timing and end the sound limit effect at an arbitrary timing, the opening / closing timing of the opening / closing body is set so that the sound limit effect is emphasized. By doing so, it is possible to enhance the effect by using the release and stop of the sound from the ball passage.

Feature B8. A pattern display device (symbol display device 75) for performing variable display of a plurality of types of patterns;
The picture display device is configured to display the stop result after starting the change display of the plurality of kinds of patterns when the conditions for starting the change of the plurality of kinds of pictures are satisfied and displaying the change according to a preset change mode. Display control means (display control device 170) for display control,
With
The effect determination means determines that the sound limitation effect is performed when the lottery for performing the sound limitation effect is won and the variation display is performed on the picture display device,
The game machine according to Feature B7, wherein the closing execution unit holds the opening / closing body in the closed state when the variation display is performed on the picture display device.

  According to the feature B8, in a situation where the display of the variation of the pattern is performed, a period in which sound emission from the ball passage is restricted and a period in which the sound is not restricted are mixed. Depending on whether or not there is a restriction on sound emission, it is possible to make a difference in the degree of expectation for the change display of the pattern. In this way, the effect in the situation in which the pattern variation display is performed can be enhanced by the sound restriction effect.

Feature B9. In the variation display mode displayed on the pattern display device, other patterns except for the final stop pattern among the patterns in which a combination of patterns determined to give a privilege to the player may be established, Reach variation display is included to display the final stop pattern in a variable state under the condition that the variable display is stopped after the start.
The effect determination means determines that the sound restriction effect is performed when the reach variation display is performed as the variation display,
The game according to Feature B8, wherein the closing execution means holds the opening / closing body in the closed state when the reach variation display is performed as the variation display on the picture display device. Machine.

  Since the reach variation display has a higher expectation for the stop result than the other variation displays, the sound restriction effect is performed in the situation where the reach variation display is performed as in the feature B9. It is effective in enhancing the production effect. Moreover, even if the reach variation display in the same mode is differentiated between the case where the sound limit effect is performed and the case where the sound limit effect is not performed, the effect of the effect during the reach variation display is further enhanced. Can do.

Feature B10. The reach variation display mode includes a first reach variation display (normal reach A and B) and a second reach variation display (super reach A to C) having a variation display period longer than the first reach variation display. And
The effect determination means determines to perform the sound restriction effect when the second reach variation display is performed as the reach variation display,
The closing execution means holds the opening / closing body in the closed state when the second reach variation display is performed as the reach variation display on the pattern display device. The gaming machine described.

  Since the second reach variation display has a higher expectation for the stop result than the first reach variation display, the sound restriction effect is performed when the second reach variation display is performed as in the feature B10. This is effective in enhancing the effect of the sound. Moreover, even if the second reach variation display in the same mode is differentiated between the case where the sound restriction effect is performed and the case where the sound limit effect is not performed, the effect effect during the second reach variation display is performed. Can be further increased.

<Feature C group>
The invention of the following feature group C is effective for the following problems.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine includes a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as a speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine.

Feature C1. A ball tray (lower plate 34) that is provided exposed in the front of the gaming machine and stores game balls;
A ball passage (front door lower tray passage portion 273) for discharging the game ball to the ball tray,
A speaker (lower speaker 30a) that has a diaphragm (diaphragm 30b) and outputs sound in accordance with the vibration of the diaphragm;
A sound intake hole (lower plate passage hole 344) provided in an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage (vertical portion 342b of the lower plate passage partition 342) for taking the sound output from the speaker into the ball passage;
A partition body that can transition between a partition state in which the ball passage is partitioned into an upstream side and a downstream side upstream of the sound intake hole and a flow-down permission state in which the game ball is allowed to flow down by releasing the partition. (Regulation member 363, partition member 461),
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature C1, since the speaker has a specific diaphragm, when the sound is output from the speaker, the outer peripheral portion of the spherical passage does not need to play a role as an external diaphragm. For this reason, the ball passage is simply divided into an upstream side and a downstream side by a partition, thereby restricting that the sound taken into the ball passage from the sound intake hole is transmitted toward the opposite side (upstream side) of the ball receiving tray. it can. Therefore, when the partition body is in the partition state, it is possible to increase the emission efficiency when the output sound from the speaker is emitted through the spherical passage.

  Here, in a gaming machine in which a game ball is paid out from the ball passage to the ball tray, when an illegal jig such as a wire is inserted into the ball passage, the game ball is operated by operating the payout device or the like with the illegal jig. There is a concern that will be paid out illegally. On the other hand, since the partition body is in the partition state, the intrusion of the unauthorized jig into the upstream side of the ball passage can be restricted by the partition body. For this reason, when it matches with the flow-down timing of the game ball, the partition that can increase the efficiency of sound emission from the ball passage exhibits a deterrent against the unauthorized jig being inserted into the ball passage. Become.

  As described above, in the gaming machine in which the sound output from the speaker is emitted through the ball passage, the sound emission efficiency can be increased, and the gaming ball can be prevented from being illegally paid out. In other words, it is possible to provide a configuration that is suitable for releasing the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

  When the partition is in the partitioned state, in addition to the transmission of sound to the upstream side of the ball passage, the flow of the game ball is also restricted by the partition, so that the game ball is not discharged to the ball tray. On the other hand, since the partition body can shift to the flow-down permitted state, the partition position by the partition body can be passed through the game ball. Thereby, while it can control that the output sound from a speaker spreads in the upper stream side in a ball passage, a game ball can be discharged appropriately to a ball tray.

  Feature C2. The game machine according to Feature C1, wherein the partition is shifted from the partition state to the flow-permitted state by being pressed by a game ball flowing down the ball passage.

  When the partition moves from the partitioning state to the flow-down permitted state, the game ball can pass through the partitioning position by the partitioning body, while the illegal jig inserted into the ball passage breaks through the partitioning position and goes upstream. There is concern about intruding into the side.

  On the other hand, according to the feature C2, since the partition body shifts from the partition state to the flow-down permitted state as the game ball passes through the partition position by the partition body, for example, the partition body is driven by a drive unit such as a motor. Unlike the configuration in which the game ball passes the partitioning position after forcibly shifting to the flow-permitted state, there is no time lag from when the partition moves to the flow-permitted state until the game ball passes the partition position. It is like that. For this reason, it is possible to suppress an illegal act of intruding an illegal jig deep into the ball passage in accordance with the flow-down timing of the game ball.

  Feature C3. The gaming machine according to Feature C2, wherein the partitioning body returns from the flow-permitted state to the partitioning state when a game ball passes through and the pressing is released.

  According to the feature C3, when the game ball passes around the sound intake hole in the ball passage, the partition body is allowed to flow down for a very short period of time, so even if an illegal jig is inserted into the ball passage. The improper jig has only a momentary timing to break through the partitioning position by the partitioning body. For this reason, it is possible to more reliably suppress an illegal act of causing the unauthorized jig to enter deep inside the ball passage in accordance with the flow-down timing of the game ball.

  Note that the configuration in which the partition body returns from the flow-down permitted state to the partition state is an unauthorized force generated by the elastic deformation of the partition body as the partition body moves from the partition state to the flow-through permitted state. And a configuration including an urging member that returns the partition body from the flow-down permitted state to the partition state, and a configuration in which the outflow restricting portion returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state by the weight of the outflow restricting portion. .

  Feature C4. The partition body is shifted from the partitioning state to the flow-down permitted state by rotating in a direction in which the rotating front end portion moves to the downstream side, while the rotating front end portion is upstream in the partitioning state. The gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C3, wherein the gaming machine is configured not to rotate in the direction of movement.

  According to the feature C4, when the partition body is in the partitioned state, the partition body does not rotate toward the upstream side of the ball passage. For example, the partition body is formed by an unauthorized jig inserted by the suspicious person into the ball passage. Even if it is going to be pushed forcibly toward the upstream side, the unauthorized jig cannot break through the partitioning position by the partitioning body. Thereby, the deterrent with respect to the penetration | invasion of the unauthorized jig | tool to a ball path can be exhibited suitably.

  Feature C5. A rotation stopper (rotation stopper 365) for restricting the partition body in the partitioning state from rotating toward the upstream side is provided at a position where the partition body is caught by the rotation tip end portion of the partition body. The gaming machine according to Feature C4, which is characterized.

  According to the feature C5, since the rotation tip of the partition is caught by the rotation stopper, even if a suspicious person tries to forcibly open the partition by forcibly deforming the rotation tip of the partition with an unauthorized jig. The rotating tip side of the partition cannot be deformed itself. Accordingly, it is possible to suitably exert a deterrent against fraud in which the fraudulent jig is caused to penetrate deep into the ball passage.

  Feature C6. The partition body is an open / close body that opens and closes the sound capturing hole, and can be shifted to the partition state by performing an opening operation on the sound capturing hole, and is closed with respect to the sound capturing hole. The gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C5, wherein the game machine can shift to the flow-down permitted state by performing an operation.

  In the configuration in which the sound intake hole is provided in the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage, there is a concern that the game ball flowing down the ball passage may flow out of the ball passage through the sound intake hole depending on the size and shape of the sound intake hole. . On the other hand, according to the feature C6, since the partition body can close the sound intake hole when it is in the flow-down permitted state, it allows the game ball to flow down in the ball passage, while the sound intake It is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage from the hole.

  In addition, when the partition is in the partitioned state, the sound intake hole is open, so even if the unauthorized jig inserted into the ball passage reaches the partition, the unauthorized jig is It is also possible for the partition body to guide the fraudulent jig into the sound intake hole while restricting the advancement to the upstream side by the partition body. In this case, it is possible to suppress the unauthorized jig from entering deep into the spherical path by guiding the unauthorized jig from the sound intake hole to the outside of the spherical path.

  Feature C7. When the partition is in the partitioning state, the sound capturing hole is opened by being flush with the inner peripheral surface of the sound capturing hole or extending from the inside to the spherical passage from the inner peripheral surface. The gaming machine according to Feature C6, wherein

  According to the feature C7, when the partition body is in the partitioned state, the partition body is not separated upstream from the sound intake hole in the ball passage, so that the illegal jig inserted into the ball passage is temporarily moved to the partition body. Even if it arrives, the incorrect jig will be guided to the sound intake hole by proceeding along the plate surface of the partition. In this case, a suspicious person who has inserted an unauthorized jig into the ball passage cannot even know the position of the ball passage upstream of the partition.

Feature C8. A drive unit (regulatory drive unit 366) that performs a state transition of the partition;
Control means (sub MPU 432 of the notification / production control device 143) capable of shifting the partition body to the partition state and the flow-down permitted state by performing drive control of the drive unit;
The gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C7, comprising:

  According to the feature C8, for example, it is possible to shift the partition body to the partitioning state or the flow-permitted state at an arbitrary timing in accordance with the discharge state of the game ball from the ball passage to the ball tray. For this reason, when priority is given to preventing the insertion of unauthorized jigs into the ball path, priority is given to increasing the efficiency of sound emission from the ball path, and game balls are discharged from the ball path to the ball tray. The case where priority is given can be properly used. As a result, it is possible to achieve all of the enhancement of sound emission efficiency from the ball passage, suppression of illegal payout of the game ball, and proper discharge of the game ball to the ball tray.

Feature C9. The control means includes
Means for determining whether or not the gaming state is in a special gaming state (opening / closing execution mode) advantageous to the player (function of executing the process of step S804);
Means for shifting the partition to the flow-down permitted state when the game state is determined to be in the special game state (function of executing the process of step S803);
A gaming machine according to C8, characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature C9, when the gaming state is the special gaming state, the partition body is kept in the flow-down permitted state, so that a large number of gaming balls as consecutive winning balls are discharged from the ball passage to the ball tray. Even so, the partition is less likely to interfere with the flow of these game balls. For this reason, a large number of game balls can be properly paid out to the ball tray.

  In addition, when a large number of game balls are continuously flowing down the ball passage, the game ball may become an obstacle to the insertion of an illegal jig, or a profit is given to the player by the game ball, etc. Due to the above, it is assumed that the possibility that the illegal jig is inserted into the ball passage is low. Therefore, if the gaming state is in the special gaming state, even if the partition body is not in the partitioning state, the deterring power against the unauthorized jig being inserted into the ball passage is not significantly reduced.

Feature C10. The control means includes
Means for determining whether or not the ball tray is full of game balls (function of executing the process of step S802);
Means for shifting the partition body to the flow-down permitted state when the ball tray is determined to be full (function of executing the process of step S803);
A gaming machine according to Feature C8 or C9, characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature C10, when the ball tray is full, the partition body is kept in the flow-down permitted state. Therefore, even if the game balls are stacked in the ball passage, the partition body is loaded with the game balls. It is less likely to hinder the rise. For this reason, it can suppress that a partition deform | transforms or breaks with the accumulation of game balls.

  If the ball tray is full, the illegal remedy may occur due to the fact that the game ball may interfere with the insertion of the illegal jig or that the game ball provides benefits to the player. It is assumed that the tool is unlikely to be inserted into the ball passage. Therefore, if the ball tray is full, even if the partition is not in a partitioned state, the deterrent against the insertion of the unauthorized jig into the ball passage will not be significantly reduced.

Feature C11. Ball detecting means (full detection sensor 280) for detecting that the game balls are stacked in the ball path is provided downstream of the sound intake hole in the ball path,
The game according to Feature C10, wherein the control means determines that the ball tray is full when the ball detection means detects the accumulation of game balls in the ball passage. Machine.

  According to the feature C11, when the ball tray is full, the partition can be shifted to the flow-down permitted state before the game balls stacked in the ball passage reach the sound intake hole. Thereby, it can suppress more reliably that a partition deform | transforms or breaks with the accumulation of game balls.

<Feature D group>
The invention of the following feature group D is effective for the following problems.

  A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine includes a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

  However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as a speaker is emitted to the front of the gaming machine.

Feature D1. A ball tray (lower plate 34) that is provided exposed in the front of the gaming machine and stores game balls;
A ball passage (front door lower tray passage portion 273) for discharging the game ball to the ball tray,
A speaker (lower speaker 30a) that has a diaphragm (diaphragm 30b) and outputs sound in accordance with the vibration of the diaphragm;
A sound intake hole (lower plate passage hole 344) provided in an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage (vertical portion 342b of the lower plate passage partition 342) for taking the sound output from the speaker into the ball passage;
A suppression mechanism (restricting member 363) that suppresses a game ball from flowing out of the ball passage through the sound intake hole;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature D1, since the speaker has a specific diaphragm, unlike the configuration in which the outer periphery of the ball passage is used as an external diaphragm, the speaker is arranged at a position separated from the ball passage. Is possible. Even in this case, since the sound intake hole is provided in the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage, the output sound from the speaker can be taken into the ball passage through the sound intake hole. In addition, since a restriction mechanism is provided for the sound intake hole, it is possible to restrict the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage through the sound intake hole.

  As described above, in a gaming machine in which sound is emitted from the ball passage, both the sound output from the speaker is suitably taken into the ball passage and the game ball is properly discharged from the ball passage to the ball receiving tray. it can. In other words, it is possible to provide a configuration that is suitable for releasing the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

  Feature D2. The gaming machine according to Feature D1, wherein the suppression mechanism is configured such that the sound intake hole is disposed in a separated position separated from the flow path of the game ball in the ball passage.

  According to the feature D2, since the sound intake hole is separated from the flow path of the game ball, it is possible to suppress the game ball from flowing out of the sound intake hole. In addition, since the sound intake hole is separated from the flow path of the game ball, it is difficult for the sound intake hole to be blocked by the flowing game ball, so that the output from the speaker can be output even when the game ball is flowing down. Sound is properly taken into the ball passage through the sound taking hole. Therefore, the structure by which both a game ball and a sound are discharge | released to a ball receiving tray from a ball channel | path is realizable.

Feature D3. The spherical passage has a vertical passage portion (vertical passage portion 285) extending in the vertical direction,
In the feature D1 or D2, the suppression mechanism is configured by the sound intake hole being provided in a side surface portion of the vertical passage portion (the vertical portion 342b of the lower dish passage partitioning portion 342). The gaming machine described.

  According to the feature D3, the sound intake hole can be arranged at a position that does not overlap the flow path of the game ball in the ball passage. For this reason, even if the sound intake hole is sized and shaped so that the game ball can pass therethrough, it is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage through the sound intake hole.

Feature D4. The spherical passage has a lateral passage portion (an upper lateral passage portion 284, a lower lateral passage portion 286) extending from the upstream end of the longitudinal passage portion toward the side,
The sound intake hole is, as the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion, a lower side surface portion (lower plate passage partition) extending downward from the floor portion (lateral portion 342a of the lower plate passage partition portion 342) of the horizontal passage portion. The gaming machine according to Feature D3, wherein the gaming machine is provided in a vertical portion 342b) of the portion 342.

  According to the feature D4, since the sound intake hole is disposed in the side portion of the vertical passage portion at the corner portion side of the vertical passage portion and the horizontal passage portion, the game ball that has passed through the horizontal passage portion Will flow down the longitudinal passage while moving away from the sound intake hole. In this case, since it is difficult for the game ball to flow down toward the sound intake hole, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the vertical passage portion from flowing out of the ball passage from the sound intake hole.

  Feature D5. The game machine according to Feature D4, wherein the sound intake hole extends downward from the floor portion in the lower side surface portion.

  According to the feature D5, since the sound intake hole can be arranged immediately below the horizontal passage portion in the vertical passage portion, it is more sure that the game ball flowing down from the horizontal passage portion toward the vertical passage portion contacts the sound intake hole. Can be suppressed. Therefore, even if the sound intake hole is formed in the vertical passage portion, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the game ball is properly discharged to the ball tray regardless of the sound intake hole.

  Feature D6. The suppression mechanism includes an outflow restricting portion (regulating member 363) that restricts the outflow of game balls from the sound capturing hole by being provided to the sound capturing hole. The gaming machine according to any one of D1 to D5.

  According to the feature D6, since the outflow restricting portion is provided for the sound intake hole, even if the game ball advances toward the sound intake hole, the game ball can be rebounded by the outflow restricting portion. In this case, the outflow of the game ball from the sound intake hole is restricted by the outflow restricting part even if the size and shape of the game ball cannot pass through the sound intake hole, so that the sound intake efficiency from the sound intake hole is excessive. Therefore, the opening area of the sound intake hole can be set large to such an extent that it does not decrease. Thereby, it can control that the volume of the sound emitted from a ball passage is insufficient.

  Feature D7. The outflow restricting portion is capable of transitioning to a non-regulated state where the outflow of game balls from the sound intake hole is not restricted and a restricted state where the outflow of game balls from the sound intake hole is restricted. A gaming machine according to Feature D6.

  When the outflow of the game ball from the sound intake hole is restricted by the outflow restricting portion, there is a concern that the sound intake from the sound intake hole to the ball passage is also restricted by the outflow restricting portion. In this case, even if the output sound from the speaker is taken into the ball passage from the sound taking hole, the sound quality of the sound emitted from the ball passage is likely to deteriorate.

  On the other hand, according to the feature D7, when the outflow regulating portion is in the non-regulated state, it is possible to prevent the sound emission from the ball passage from being interrupted or the sound quality of the emitted sound from being deteriorated even if there is no interruption. it can. On the other hand, when the outflow restricting portion is in the restricted state, the outflow of game balls from the sound intake hole can be suppressed. Therefore, both sound emission from the ball passage and game ball discharge can be performed appropriately.

  Feature D8. The gaming machine according to Feature D7, wherein the outflow restricting portion shifts from the non-regulated state to the restricted state when pressed by a game ball flowing down the ball passage.

  According to the feature D8, when the game ball is not approaching the sound intake hole, the sound can be properly emitted from the ball passage because the outflow restricting portion is in the non-regulated state. On the other hand, when a flowing game ball approaches the sound intake hole, the outflow restricting portion shifts to a restricted state by being pressed by the game ball, so that the outflow of the game ball from the sound intake hole is suppressed. it can. Therefore, both the sound emission from the ball passage and the discharge of the game ball can be appropriately performed in accordance with the situation where the game ball is flowing down the ball passage.

  Feature D9. The gaming machine according to Feature D8, wherein the outflow restricting unit returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state when the game ball passes and the press is released.

  According to the feature D9, when the game ball passes around the sound intake hole in the ball passage, the outflow restriction portion is in a restricted state only for a very short period, so that the sound emission from the ball passage is interrupted or the sound quality of the sound. It is possible to extremely shorten the period during which the decrease occurs. Therefore, even if the outflow of the game ball from the sound intake hole is restricted, it is possible to suppress that the presentation effect due to the sound emitted from the ball passage is remarkably lowered.

  In addition, as the configuration in which the outflow restricting portion returns from the restricted state to the unregulated state, the outflow restricting portion is elastically deformed due to the transition from the unregulated state to the restricted state, and is caused by the elastic deformation. A configuration including an urging member that returns the outflow regulating portion from the restricted state to the non-regulated state by an urging force, or a configuration in which the outflow regulating portion returns from the restricted state to the unregulated state by the weight of the outflow regulating portion. Is mentioned.

  Feature D10. The outflow restricting portion shifts between the non-regulated state and the restricted state by rotating about the upstream end of the outflow restricting portion as a rotation axis. The gaming machine according to any one of the above.

  According to the feature D10, the configuration in which the outflow restricting portion shifts from the non-regulated state to the restricted state when pressed by the game ball flowing down the ball passage can be realized by simply providing the outflow restricting portion so as to be rotatable. .

Feature D11. A drive unit (regulation drive unit 366) that performs state transition of the outflow regulation unit;
Control means (sub MPU 432 of the notification / production control device 143) capable of shifting the outflow restricting portion between the non-regulated state and the restricted state by performing drive control of the drive unit,
The gaming machine according to any one of features D7 to D10, wherein:

  When game balls are piled up in the ball passage due to the ball tray being full, etc., the stacked game balls become obstructed and the outflow restricting unit cannot shift from the non-regulated state to the regulated state. There is a concern that the outflow of the game ball from the intake hole may not be regulated by the outflow regulating unit.

  On the other hand, according to the feature D11, for example, it is possible to shift the outflow restricting portion to a restricted state or a non-restricted state at an arbitrary timing according to the flow-down situation of the game ball in the ball passage. When the possibility of game balls flowing out from the sound intake hole is likely to increase, such as when the ball tray is full, the outflow restricting portion can be shifted to the non-regulated state in advance. Thereby, it can suppress that discharge | emission of the game ball | bowl from a ball channel | path to a ball | bowl tray is not performed appropriately by presence of a sound taking-in hole.

Feature D12. The control means includes
Means for determining whether or not the ball tray is full of game balls (function of executing the process of step S802);
Means for shifting the outflow restricting portion to the restricting state (function to execute the process of step S803) when it is determined that the ball tray is full;
A gaming machine according to Feature D11, comprising:

  According to the feature D12, when the ball tray is full, the outflow restricting portion is kept in a restricted state, so that even if the game ball stacked in the ball passage reaches the sound intake hole, the game The outflow restriction part can regulate the outflow of the sphere from the sound intake hole.

Feature D13. Ball detecting means (full detection sensor 280) for detecting that the game balls are stacked in the ball path is provided downstream of the sound intake hole in the ball path,
The control unit determines that the ball tray is full when the ball detection unit detects the accumulation of game balls in the ball passage, according to the feature D11 or D12, Game machines.

  According to the feature D13, when the ball tray is full, the outflow restricting portion can be shifted to the restricted state before the game balls stacked in the ball passage reach the sound intake hole. In this case, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the accumulated game balls become a hindrance and the outflow restricting portion cannot shift to the restricted state, so that it is possible to more reliably restrict the game balls from flowing out of the sound intake holes.

  Feature D14. The outflow regulation unit regulates the outflow of game balls from the sound intake hole by dividing the sound intake hole into a plurality of features, according to any one of features D6 to D13, Game machines.

  According to the feature D14, the sound intake hole allows passage of sound even in a state where the sound intake hole is divided into a plurality of parts by the outflow restricting part. Therefore, the outflow restricting part restricts the outflow of game balls from the sound intake hole. It is possible to achieve both simultaneously and to take the output sound from the speaker into the ball passage from the sound taking hole. Thereby, even if the outflow restricting portion is not constituted by a movable member, both the game ball is properly discharged from the ball passage to the ball receiving tray, and the output sound from the speaker is properly discharged from the ball passage. Is possible.

  Feature D15. The suppression mechanism is configured by the sound intake hole being provided in a ceiling portion of the spherical passage (the vertical passage portion 452b of the lower dish passage partitioning portion 452). The gaming machine according to any one of the above.

  According to the feature D15, the sound intake hole can be disposed at a position spaced upward from the flow path of the game ball in the ball passage. For this reason, even if the sound intake hole is sized and shaped so that the game ball can pass therethrough, it is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage through the sound intake hole.

  Feature D16. The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D15, wherein the suppression mechanism is configured by providing a plurality of the sound intake holes as small holes through which a game ball does not pass.

  According to the feature D16, since the game ball cannot pass through the sound intake hole which is a small hole, the outflow of the game ball from the ball passage can be suppressed. In addition, since the output sound from the back side of the speaker passes through a plurality of small holes, the mid-high range of the sound is easily attenuated, so that the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is noticeable. Can be. For this reason, the effect for low sound can be enhanced by using a configuration for preventing the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage.

Feature D17. The ball passage includes a horizontal passage portion (upper horizontal passage portion 284) extending in the width direction or depth direction of the gaming machine and a vertical passage portion (vertical passage portion 285) connected to the horizontal passage portion and extending in the vertical direction. Have
The suppression mechanism is configured such that a plurality of the sound intake holes are provided in each of the outer peripheral portions of the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion as small holes through which a game ball does not pass. The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D16.

  According to the feature D17, since the game ball cannot pass through the sound intake hole which is a small hole, the outflow of the game ball from the ball passage can be suppressed. In addition, since the output sound from the back side of the speaker passes through a plurality of small holes, the mid-high range of the sound is easily attenuated, so that the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is noticeable. Can be. For this reason, the effect for low sound can be enhanced by using a configuration for preventing the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage.

  Furthermore, since the direction in which the sound is transmitted from the air chamber is different between the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion, it is possible to create an environment in which the low frequency range of the sound is easily amplified and the middle and high frequency ranges are easily attenuated. Thereby, the production effect by the bass can be further enhanced.

  The basic configuration of the gaming machine to which the above features can be applied is shown below.

  Pachinko machine: operation means (game ball launching handle 41) operated by a player, game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on the operation of the operation means, and the fired A ball path (guidance rail 100) for guiding a game ball to a predetermined game area (game area PE) and game parts arranged in the game area, and a predetermined passing portion (general winning prize) among these game parts A gaming machine that gives a privilege to a player when a game ball passes through the mouth 61 or the like.

  Slot machine, etc .: A variable display means that displays a symbol sequence consisting of a plurality of symbols in a variable manner and then stops and displays the symbol sequence. Special game advantageous to the player on the condition that the change of the symbol is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stoppage or when a predetermined time elapses and the final stop symbol at the time of stoppage is a specific symbol A gaming machine that generates a state (bonus game, etc.).

  Ball-use belt-type game machine: Equipped with variable display means that displays the symbol sequence consisting of multiple symbols in a variably displayed state, and then stops and displays the symbol sequence. The special game state (bonus) that is advantageous to the player on the condition that the change of the symbol is stopped due to the operation of the operating means or when the predetermined time elapses, and the final stop symbol at the time of the stop is a specific symbol A throwing device that performs a throwing process for taking in a game ball from the ball tray and a payout device for paying out the game ball to the ball tray, A gaming machine configured such that the operation of the starting operation means is made effective when a game ball is inserted by.

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine as a gaming machine, 13 ... Inner frame as a gaming machine main body, 14 ... Front door frame as a gaming machine front body, 30a ... Lower speaker as a speaker, 30b ... Vibration plate, 34 ... As a ball tray Lower plate, 34a ... first ball entrance constituting ball passage, 45 ... front door side passage unit, 60a ... game board, 75 ... design display device as picture display device, 100 ... guide rail, 110 ... game ball launch Game ball launching mechanism as means, 118 ... Foul ball passage as collection passage, 143 ... Notification / production control device having control means, 170 ... Display control device as display control means, 231 ... Base body Base frame, 259... Back pack side lower dish path part constituting the ball path and second path part, 263... Inner frame side lower dish path part constituting the ball path and second path part, 273. Front door side lower dish passage portion as a surface passage portion and a first passage portion, 279 ... an outer opening as an inlet portion, 280 ... a full detection sensor as a ball detection means, 281a ... a recovery port, 284 ... a passage portion and a side Upper horizontal passage portion as a passage portion, 285... Vertical passage portion as a passage portion, 286... Lower passage portion as a passage portion and horizontal passage portion, 289... Ball receiving passage, 304. 305: Downstream curved part as a spherical corner part, 331 ... Enclosure, 332 ... Air chamber, 336 ... Opening for speaker, 342 ... Lower dish passage partition part having side face part of vertical passage part and floor part of lateral passage part 342a: Horizontal portion as the floor portion of the horizontal passage portion and the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage, 342b: Vertical portion as the side portion of the vertical passage portion, 344 ... Lower plate passage hole as a sound intake hole, 357 ... Sound code -Sound bend part as a part, 363: Outflow restricting part constituting the suppression mechanism, restricting member as opening and closing body and partitioning body, 365 ... rotation stopper, 366 ... regulating drive part as drive part, 371 ... as horn part Horn region, 432 ... sub-MPUs 432, 452 of the notification / production control device as control means, lower tray passage partition portion having a ceiling portion of the ball passage, 452b ... vertical passage portion constituting the ceiling portion of the ball passage, 461 ... A partition member as a partition.

Claims (10)

A ball tray that is exposed in the front of the gaming machine and stores game balls;
A ball path for discharging the game ball to the ball tray;
A speaker that has a diaphragm and outputs sound in accordance with the vibration of the diaphragm;
An enclosure that emits sound output from the back side of the speaker to the front of the gaming machine;
With
The enclosure has an air chamber that houses the back side of the speaker;
The outer periphery of the ball passage is provided with a sound intake hole for taking the sound output to the air chamber from the back side of the speaker into the ball passage,
The ball passage is included in the enclosure by communicating with the air chamber via the sound intake hole, and the sound taken into the ball passage from the sound intake hole is directed toward the ball receiving tray. A gaming machine characterized by being discharged.   2. The sphere passage has a horn shape in which a portion downstream of a communication portion with the air chamber has a thickened horn shape as it approaches the sphere tray from the air chamber as a whole. The gaming machine described in 1.   The gaming machine according to claim 2, wherein the downstream portion of the ball passage has a ball corner portion that changes a flow direction of the game ball. The enclosure as a whole has a horn portion that is thickened as it approaches the ball tray from the air chamber,
The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the horn unit includes the ball passage and a sound passage connecting the ball passage and the air chamber.   The gaming machine according to claim 4, wherein the sound path has a sound corner portion that changes a direction in which sound is transmitted. A gaming machine body having a gaming board;
A gaming machine front body that has the ball tray and is provided to be rotatable forward of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine main body,
With
The ball passage has a front passage portion that is provided in the front body of the gaming machine and communicates with the ball receiver.
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the gaming machine front body includes a passage unit that forms the air chamber and the front passage portion. The gaming machine front body has a base body to which the speaker and the passage unit are attached;
The passage unit has an opening for a speaker in which the air chamber is opened toward the speaker, and the base body is accommodated in a state where a rear portion of the speaker is accommodated in the air chamber through the opening for the speaker. The game machine according to claim 6, wherein the game machine is attached to the back surface of the game machine. The ball passage has a lateral passage portion extending in the gaming machine width direction or depth direction,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the air chamber is disposed below the lateral passage portion. A game board in which a game area where game balls flow down is formed;
Game ball launching means for launching a game ball based on the launch device;
A guide rail provided on the game board for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launching means toward the game area;
A recovery passage for recovering the game ball flowing backward through the guide rail toward the game ball launching means, and a recovery passage for guiding the recovered game ball toward the ball tray;
With
The gaming machine according to claim 8, wherein the recovery passage is provided on an upper side of the horizontal passage portion in a state of extending along the horizontal passage portion. A gaming machine body having a gaming board;
A gaming machine front body that has the ball tray and is provided to be rotatable forward of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine main body,
With
The ball passage is
A first passage portion provided on the front body of the gaming machine and guiding a game ball received at an entrance to the ball tray;
A second passage portion that constitutes an upstream side of the first passage portion and guides a game ball to the inlet portion;
Have
A ball receiving passage that receives a game ball overflowing from the entrance portion with the opening of the gaming machine front body with respect to the gaming machine main body and guides the received game ball to the recovery port extends along the lateral passage portion. The gaming machine according to claim 9, wherein the gaming machine is provided on an upper side of the lateral passage portion.

Images